SOUTHERN NATIONAL CORP /NC/
DEF 14A, 1996-03-18
NATIONAL COMMERCIAL BANKS
Previous: SOUTHTRUST CORP, 15-15D, 1996-03-18
Next: SOUTHERN NATIONAL CORP /NC/, 10-K, 1996-03-18



<PAGE>
 
 
                            SCHEDULE 14A INFORMATION
 
PROXY STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 14(A) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
                               (AMENDMENT NO.  )
 
Filed by the Registrant [X]
 
Filed by a Party other than the Registrant [_]
 

Check the appropriate box:
                                          
[_] Preliminary Proxy Statement           [_] CONFIDENTIAL, FOR USE OF THE   
                                              COMMISSION ONLY (AS PERMITTED BY
[X] Definitive Proxy Statement                RULE 14C-5(D)(2))               
 
[_] Definitive Additional Materials
 
[_] Soliciting Material Pursuant to (S)240.14a-11(c) or (S)240.14a-12
 

 
                        Southern National Corporation  
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                (Name of Registrant as Specified In Its Charter)
 
 
                         Southern National Corporation
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    (Name of Person(s) Filing Proxy Statement, if other than the Registrant)
 

Payment of Filing Fee (Check the appropriate box):

[X] $125 per Exchange Act Rules 0-11(c)(1)(ii), 14a-6(i)(1), 14a-6(i)(2) or
    Item 22(a)(2) of Schedule 14A.
 
[_] $500 per each party to the controversy pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 14a-
    6(i)(3).
 
[_] Fee computed on table below per Exchange Act Rules 14a-6(i)(4) and 0-11.
 
    (1) Title of each class of securities to which transaction applies:
 
    (2) Aggregate number of securities to which transaction applies:
 
    (3) Per unit price or other underlying value of transaction computed
        pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 0-11 (Set forth the amount on which the
        filing fee is calculated and state how it was determined):
 
    (4) Proposed maximum aggregate value of transaction:
 
    (5) Total fee paid:
 
[_] Fee paid previously with preliminary materials.
 
[_] Check box if any part of the fee is offset as provided by Exchange Act Rule
    0-11(a)(2) and identify the filing for which the offsetting fee was paid
    previously. Identify the previous filing by registration statement number,
    or the Form or Schedule and the date of its filing.
 
    (1) Amount Previously Paid:
 
    (2) Form, Schedule or Registration Statement No.:
 
    (3) Filing Party:
 
    (4) Date Filed:
 
Notes:

<PAGE>
 
                         SOUTHERN NATIONAL CORPORATION
 
                                                                 March 18, 1996
 
Dear Shareholder:
 
 You are cordially invited to attend the Annual Meeting of Shareholders of
Southern National Corporation scheduled for 11:00 A.M. on Tuesday, April 23,
1996 at the Embassy Suites Hotel, located at 670 Verdae Boulevard, Greenville,
South Carolina. The matters scheduled for consideration at the meeting are
described in detail in the Notice of Annual Meeting of Shareholders and Proxy
Statement. In order to be sure your shares are voted at the meeting if you
cannot attend, please complete, sign and return the enclosed proxy card as
soon as possible.
 
 In compliance with appropriate regulations, the Corporation's financial
statements and other required disclosures are presented in its 1995 Annual
Report on Form 10-K, a copy of which follows the Proxy Statement, and which
reflects the Corporation's financial condition on December 31, 1995.
 
 Also included in the package is a Summary 1995 Annual Report to Shareholders
which contains additional information about the Corporation, including a
financial summary, our letter to shareholders and selected financial data. We
believe that this Summary 1995 Annual Report provides to our shareholders, the
investment community, and the public financial and other corporate information
in an understandable and useful manner.
 
 We trust that this presentation will satisfy your informational needs, and at
the same time, provide you with a better understanding of both the financial
history and strategic direction of Southern National Corporation.
 
                                          Sincerely,
 
                                          /s/ John A. Allison IV
 
                                          John A. Allison IV
                                          Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
<PAGE>
 
                         SOUTHERN NATIONAL CORPORATION
                            200 WEST SECOND STREET
                      WINSTON-SALEM, NORTH CAROLINA 27101

 
                   NOTICE OF ANNUAL MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS
 

                                April 23, 1996
 
TO THE SHAREHOLDERS OF
SOUTHERN NATIONAL CORPORATION:
 
 Notice is hereby given that the Annual Meeting of Shareholders of Southern
National Corporation (the "Corporation" or "SNC") will be held on Tuesday,
April 23, 1996 at 11:00 A.M. local time, at the Embassy Suites Hotel, located
at 670 Verdae Boulevard, Greenville, South Carolina, for the following
purposes:
 
  (1) To elect eight Directors for three-year terms expiring in 1999.
 
  (2) To approve amendments to the Corporation's 1995 Omnibus Stock Incentive
      Plan.
 
  (3) To approve the Corporation's Amended and Restated Short-Term Incentive
      Plan.
 
  (4) To ratify the reappointment of Arthur Andersen LLP as the Corporation's
      auditors for 1996.
 
  (5) To transact such other business as may properly come before the
      meeting.
 
 Pursuant to the provisions of the North Carolina Business Corporation Act,
March 4, 1996 has been fixed as the record date for the determination of
holders of Common Stock entitled to notice of and to vote at the Annual
Meeting of Shareholders or any adjournment thereof. Accordingly, only
shareholders of record at the close of business on the record date will be
entitled to notice of and to vote at said meeting or any adjournment thereof.
It is important that your shares of the Corporation's Common Stock be
represented at this meeting in order that the presence of a quorum may be
assured.
 
 A copy of the Annual Report on Form 10-K, containing the financial statements
of the Corporation for the year ended December 31, 1995, is enclosed herewith.
 
                                          By Order of the Board of Directors
 
                                          /s/ Jerone C. Herring
 
                                          Jerone C. Herring,
                                          Secretary
 
March 18, 1996

 
 Even if you plan to attend the meeting in person, please date and execute the
enclosed proxy and mail it promptly. If you attend the meeting, you may revoke
your proxy and vote your shares in person. A postage-paid, return-addressed
envelope is enclosed.
<PAGE>
 
                         SOUTHERN NATIONAL CORPORATION
                            200 WEST SECOND STREET
                      WINSTON-SALEM, NORTH CAROLINA 27101
 
                                PROXY STATEMENT
 
 The enclosed proxy, for use only at the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be
held April 23, 1996, at 11:00 A.M. local time, and any adjournment thereof, is
solicited on behalf of the Board of Directors of Southern National Corporation
(the "Corporation" or "SNC"). The approximate date this proxy material is
first being sent to shareholders is March 18, 1996. Such solicitation is being
made by mail and may be made in person or by fax or telephone by officers or
employees of the Corporation. All expenses incurred in such solicitation will
be paid by the Corporation or its subsidiaries. Banks, brokerage houses and
other institutions, nominees and fiduciaries will be requested to forward the
soliciting material to beneficial owners and to obtain authorization for the
execution of proxies. The Corporation will, upon request, reimburse such
parties for their reasonable expenses in forwarding proxy material to
beneficial owners.
 
 The accompanying proxy is for use at the meeting if a shareholder either will
be unable to attend in person or will attend but wishes to vote by proxy. The
proxy may be revoked by the shareholder at any time before it is exercised by
filing with the Secretary of the Corporation an instrument revoking it, filing
a duly executed proxy bearing a later date or by attending the meeting and
electing to vote in person. All shares of the Corporation's Common Stock
("Common Stock") represented by valid proxies received pursuant to this
solicitation, and not revoked before they are exercised, will be voted in the
manner specified therein. If no specification is made, the proxies will be
voted in favor of: (1) electing eight Directors for three-year terms expiring
in 1999; (2) approving amendments to the Corporation's 1995 Omnibus Stock
Incentive Plan; (3) approving the Corporation's Amended and Restated Short-
Term Incentive Compensation Plan; and (4) ratifying the reappointment of
Arthur Andersen LLP as the Corporation's auditors for 1996. The Corporation
has engaged Morrow & Co. to assist in proxy solicitation for an estimated fee
of $7,500, plus out-of-pocket expenses.
 
VOTING SECURITIES OUTSTANDING
 
 Pursuant to the provisions of the North Carolina Business Corporation Act,
March 4, 1996 has been fixed as the record date for the determination of
holders of Common Stock entitled to notice of and to vote at the Annual
Meeting of Shareholders. Each share of the Corporation's Common Stock issued
and outstanding on March 4, 1996 is entitled to one vote on all proposals at
the meeting, except that shares held in a fiduciary capacity by Branch Banking
and Trust Company, Branch Banking and Trust Company of South Carolina and
Commerce Bank, may only be voted in accordance with the instruments creating
the fiduciary capacity. Branch Banking and Trust Company, Branch Banking and
Trust Company of South Carolina and Commerce Bank, are collectively referred
to herein as the "BB&T Bank Subsidiaries". Holders of shares of Common Stock
vote together as a voting group on all such proposals. As of the close of
business on March 4, 1996, there were 99,107,181 shares of Common Stock of the
Corporation outstanding and entitled to vote.
 
                              SECURITY OWNERSHIP
 
 The table below sets forth the beneficial ownership of Common Stock and
Depositary Shares (each Depositary Share representing a one-quarter interest
in a share of the Corporation's 6 3/4% Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock,
Series A ("6 3/4% Preferred Stock")) by all Directors and nominees, the Chief
Executive Officer and the four next most highly compensated executive officers
of the Corporation all current Executive Officers of the Corporation and all
Directors and Executive Officers of the Corporation as a group as of March 4,
1996. Unless
 
                                      I-1
<PAGE>
 
otherwise indicated, all persons listed below have sole voting and investment
power over all shares beneficially owned. No shareholder is known to the
Corporation to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of the Corporation's
Common Stock as of March 4, 1996.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                          Shares of
                                            Common                  Depositary
                                            Stock                     Shares
Name of Beneficial Owner or              Beneficially  Percent of  Beneficially
Number of Persons in Group               Owned(1)(2)  Common Stock   Owned(3)
- ---------------------------              ------------ ------------ ------------
<S>                                      <C>          <C>          <C>
John A. Allison IV......................    213,045        *             --
Paul B. Barringer.......................     47,817        *             --
W.R. Cuthbertson, Jr. ..................    104,737        *             --
Ronald E. Deal..........................     31,259        *             --
A.J. Dooley, Sr. .......................     54,457        *             --
Joe L. Dudley, Sr. .....................      6,763        *             --
Tom D. Efird............................     39,615        *             --
O. William Fenn, Jr. ...................     28,193        *             --
Paul S. Goldsmith.......................     78,567        *             --
L. Vincent Hackley......................     11,004        *             --
Ernest F. Hardee........................    154,989        *             --
Richard Janeway, M.D. ..................     34,592        *             400
J. Ernest Lathem, M.D. .................    236,898        *             --
James H. Maynard........................    182,463        *           3,000
Joseph A. McAleer.......................      9,112        *             --
Albert O. McCauley......................      9,299        *             --
Dickson McLean, Jr. ....................     25,255        *             400
Charles E. Nichols......................     77,784        *             --
L. Glenn Orr, Jr. ......................    198,291        *             --
A. Winniett Peters......................     26,631        *             --
Richard L. Player, Jr.(4)...............     24,368        *             --
C. Edward Pleasants, Jr. ...............     60,859        *             --
Nido R. Qubein..........................     87,351        *             --
A. Tab Williams, Jr. ...................    438,173        *          11,000
W. Kendall Chalk........................     97,791        *             --
Robert E. Greene........................     43,697        *             --
Kelly S. King...........................    110,619        *             --
Morris D. Marley........................     28,912        *             --
Scott E. Reed...........................    101,769        *             --
Michael W. Sperry.......................     46,192        *             --
Henry G. Williamson, Jr. ...............    157,222        *             --
Directors and executive officers as a
 group (31 persons).....................  2,767,724       2.79%       14,800
</TABLE>
- --------
* Less than 1%.
(1) As reported to the Corporation by the Directors and nominees and executive
    officers (including shares held by spouses, minor children, affiliated
    companies, partnerships and trusts over which the named person has
    beneficial ownership). The table includes options which become exercisable
    within 60 days after March 4, 1996 and shares allocated to individual
    accounts by the Southern National Employee Stock Ownership Plan (the
    "ESOP") and by the Southern National ESOP Excess Plan (the "ESOP Excess
    Plan"), voting of which is directed by those named persons and group
    members who participate in the ESOP and the ESOP Excess Plan.
(2) Unless otherwise indicated, the persons named in the table have sole
    voting and investment power over the shares included in the table. Does
    not include shares of Common Stock that could be acquired by conversion of
    the 6 3/4% Preferred Stock.
(3) Each Depositary Share is convertible into approximately 1.4767 shares of
    Common Stock. No shareholder is known to the Corporation to be the
    beneficial owner of more than 1% of the 6 3/4% Preferred Stock, as of
    March 4, 1996.
(4) Disclaims ownership of 1,450 shares of Common Stock held by his wife.
 
                                      I-2
<PAGE>
 
                       PROPOSAL 1--ELECTION OF DIRECTORS
 
 The Board of Directors of the Corporation consists of 24 persons. The Board
is divided into three classes, each class to be as nearly equal in number as
possible. There are eight nominees for election as Directors who will serve
for three-year terms expiring in 1999. It is intended that the persons named
in the accompanying form of proxy will vote to elect the eight nominees listed
below as Directors, unless authority so to vote is withheld. Although
management expects that each of the nominees will be available for election,
in the event a vacancy in the slate of nominees is occasioned by unexpected
occurrence, it is intended that shares of the Corporation's Common Stock
represented by proxies will be voted for the election of a substitute nominee
selected by the persons named in the accompanying form of proxy. The election
of each nominee requires the affirmative vote of a plurality of the shares of
Common Stock cast in the election of Directors. Votes that are withheld and
shares held in street name that are not voted in the election of Directors
will not be included in determining the number of votes cast.
 
 The names of the nominees for election and the other continuing members of
the Board of Directors, their principal occupations and certain other
information with respect to such persons are as follows.
 
                      NOMINEES FOR ELECTION AS DIRECTORS
                     FOR THREE-YEAR TERMS EXPIRING IN 1999
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    Director of
                                                                    Corporation
                              Principal Occupation                    or BB&T
                              During the Past                        Financial
 Name                     Age Five Years; Residences                Since(/1/)
 ----                     --- ----------------------                -----------
 <C>                      <C> <S>                                   <C>
 Joe L. Dudley, Sr.(/4/)   58 President and Chief Executive            1992
                              Officer of Dudley Products, Inc.
                              (manufacaturer of hair care
                              products); Greensboro, N.C.
 Ernest F. Hardee(/4/)     55 President of Hardee Realty Corp.         1995
                              (real estate management);
                              Portsmouth, Va.
 J. Ernest Lathem,         62 Personal Investments; Medical            1987
  M.D.(/3/)                   Director of Prostate Diagnostic
                              Center until April 1994;
                              Greenville, S.C.
 Dickson McLean, Jr.(/4/)  68 President of McLean, Stacy, Henry,       1956
                              McLean, McIntyre & Ramsaur, P.A.,
                              (attorneys); Lumberton, N.C.
 Richard L. Player,        61 President of Player, Inc.                1990
  Jr.(/3/)                    (commercial and industrial general
                              contractor); Fayetteville, N.C.
 C. Edward Pleasants,      55 President, Chief Executive Officer       1993
  Jr.(/2/)                    and Director, Pleasants Hardware
                              Company (hardware retailer);
                              Winston-Salem, N.C.
 Nido R. Qubein(/4/)       47 Chief Executive Officer of Creative      1990
                              Services, Inc. (international
                              management consulting); High Point,
                              N.C.
 A. Tab Williams,          68 Chairman and Chief Executive             1982
  Jr.(/3/)                    Officer of A. T. Williams Oil
                              Company (oil retailer and
                              convenience stores); Winston-Salem,
                              N.C.
</TABLE>
 
                                      I-3
<PAGE>
 
                              CONTINUING DIRECTORS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    Director of
                                                                    Corporation
                              Principal Occupation                    or BB&T
                              During the Past                        Financial
 Name                     Age Five Years; Residences                Since (/1/)
 ----                     --- ----------------------                -----------
 <C>                      <C> <S>                                   <C>
 TERMS EXPIRING IN 1997
 Paul B. Barringer(/4/)    65 President and Chief Executive            1975
                              Officer of Coastal Lumber Company
                              (dealer in lumber products);
                              Weldon, N.C.
 A. J. Dooley, Sr.(/2/)    65 Partner of Dooley, Dooley, Spence        1994
                              and Parker, P.A. (attorneys);
                              Lexington, S.C.
 O. William Fenn,          69 Personal Investments; prior to June      1991
  Jr.(/2/)                    1995, Director of Furniture Export
                              Office, International Trade
                              Division, North Carolina Department
                              of Commerce; prior to April 1992,
                              Vice Chairman of LADD Furniture
                              Company (furniture manufacturer);
                              High Point, N.C.
 Paul S. Goldsmith(/3/)    62 Chairman and President, William          1970
                              Goldsmith Company, Inc. (real
                              estate and insurance); Greenville,
                              S.C.
 L. Vincent Hackley(/2/)   55 President, North Carolina System of      1992
                              Community Colleges; prior to
                              January 1, 1995, Chancellor and
                              Professor of Political Science,
                              Fayetteville State University; Vice
                              President for Student and Special
                              Programs, University of North
                              Carolina; Raleigh, N.C.
 Joseph A. McAleer(/3/)    46 Chairman and Chief Executive             1993
                              Officer, Krispy Kreme Doughnut
                              Corporation since 1992; prior
                              thereto President and Chief
                              Operating Officer and Director,
                              Krispy Kreme Doughnut Corporation
                              (manufacturer of doughnuts and
                              doughnut making equipment);
                              Winston-Salem, N.C.
 Charles E. Nichols(/3/)   68 Attorney At Law, Greensboro, N.C.        1984
 A. Winniett Peters(/4/)   69 Consultant of Government Affairs         1977
                              for Standard Commercial Tobacco
                              Company (tobacco processors and
                              exporters); Chairman of the Board
                              of Standard Commercial Tobacco
                              Company until January 1993; Wilson,
                              N.C.
</TABLE>
 
                                      I-4
<PAGE>
 
                             CONTINUING DIRECTORS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    Director of
                                                                    Corporation
                              Principal Occupation                    or BB&T
                              During the Past                        Financial
 Name                     Age Five Years; Residences                Since(/1/)
 ----                     --- ----------------------                -----------
 <C>                      <C> <S>                                   <C>
 TERMS EXPIRING IN 1998
 John A. Allison IV(/2/)   47 Chairman and Chief Executive             1986
                              Officer of the Corporation;
                              Chairman and Chief Executive
                              Officer of BB&T Financial until
                              February 1995; Winston-Salem, N.C.
 W. R. Cuthbertson,        65 Retired; prior to June 1995, Senior      1983
  Jr.(/3/)                    Vice President of Branch Banking
                              and Trust Company; Charlotte, N.C.
 Ronald E. Deal(/4/)       52 Chairman of Wesley Hall (furniture       1986
                              manufacturer); Investor; Hickory,
                              N.C.
 Tom D. Efird(/3/)         56 President of Standard Distributors,      1982
                              Inc. (beverage wholesaler);
                              Gastonia, N.C.
 Richard Janeway,          63 Executive Vice President for Health      1989
  M.D.(/4/)                   Affairs; Professor of Neurology and
                              Research Associate in Radiology,
                              Bowman Gray School of Medicine,
                              Wake Forest University; Winston-
                              Salem, N.C.
 James H. Maynard(/2/)     56 Chairman and Chief Executive             1985
                              Officer of Investors Management
                              Corporation (restaurants); Raleigh,
                              N.C.
 Albert O. McCauley(/2/)   55 Secretary and Treasurer, Quick Stop      1993
                              Food Marts, Inc. (convenience
                              stores); Presidnt and Chief
                              Executive Officer, McCauley Moving
                              and Storage of Fayetteville, Inc.;
                              Fayetteville, N.C.
 L. Glenn Orr, Jr.(/2/)    55 President and Chief Executive            1982
                              Officer of Orr Management Co.
                              (management consulting); Chairman
                              Emeritus of the Corporation; prior
                              to March, 1995 Chairman, Chief
                              Executive Officer, and President of
                              the Corporation; Winston-Salem,
                              N.C.
</TABLE>
 
- --------
(1) On February 28, 1995, the Merger ("BB&T Merger") of BB&T Financial
    Corporation ("BB&T Financial") into SNC was consummated and certain
    Directors of BB&T Financial became Directors of the Corporation.
 
(2) Member of the Executive Committee.
 
(3) Member of the Audit Committee.
 
(4) Member of the Compensation Committee.
 
                                      I-5
<PAGE>
 
 Certain of the above Directors and nominees are also directors of other
publicly held companies. O. William Fenn, Jr. has been a director of Ladd
Furniture Company since 1982. Richard Janeway, M.D., has been a director of
Coastal Physicians Group, Inc. since 1994. James H. Maynard has been a
director of Investors Management Corporation since 1972, a director of Golden
Corral Realty Corporation since 1984, and a director of Rose's Stores, Inc.
from 1989 until April 1995. L. Glenn Orr, Jr. has been a director of Highwoods
Properties, Inc. and Ladd Furniture Company since 1995. A. Winniett Peters was
a director of Standard Commercial Corporation from 1978 until August 1994 when
he retired. Each of these companies has securities registered under the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
 
 Under the securities laws of the United States, the Corporation's Directors
and executive officers are required to report their ownership of the
Corporation's Common Stock and any changes in that ownership to the Securities
and Exchange Commission ("Commission"). Specific dates have been established
and the Corporation is required to report in this proxy statement any failure
to file by the established dates during 1995. In 1995, all of these filing
requirements were satisfied by the Corporation's Directors and executive
officers except Messrs. Fenn, Player and Qubein who each failed to file on a
timely basis one report relating to one transaction each in the Corporation's
Common Stock beneficially owned by them. In making this statement, the
Corporation has relied on the written representations of its incumbent
Directors and executive officers and copies of the reports that have been
filed with the Commission.
 
 The Board of Directors has established an Executive Committee, an Audit
Committee and a Compensation Committee and has assigned certain
responsibilities to each of these committees.
 
 The Executive Committee consists of eight directors. This Committee is
generally authorized to have and to exercise all of the powers of the Board of
Directors between meetings of the Board. The Executive Committee also serves
as the Nominating Committee and recommends to the Board of Directors nominees
for election as Directors and considers the performance of incumbent Directors
in determining whether or not to nominate them for re-election. The Nominating
Committee considers written nominations of candidates for election to the
Board of Directors submitted by shareholders to the Secretary of the
Corporation that are accompanied by biographical material, qualifications and
consent of nominees. Nominations of such candidates must have been received
not later than 60 days prior to one year after the date of the immediately
preceding Annual Meeting of Shareholders, along with such information as was
disclosed in the proxy materials concerning all nominees for Director and the
shareholder's name, address and number of shares owned, in order to be
considered for the slate of nominees for election as Directors at the next
annual meeting.
 
 The Audit Committee recommends engaging and discharging the independent
auditors; directs and supervises special investigations; reviews with the
independent auditors the plan for and result of the auditing engagement;
reviews the scope and result of the Corporation's procedures for internal
auditing and loan review; approves each professional service above certain
limits provided by the independent auditors; considers the range of audit and
non-audit fees; and reviews the adequacy of the Corporation's system of
internal accounting controls. The Audit Committee reappointed Arthur Andersen
LLP as the Corporation's auditors for 1996.
 
 The Compensation Committee recommends to the Board of Directors remuneration
arrangements for senior management and Directors and adoption and
administration of compensation plans in which officers and Directors are
eligible to participate.
 
 All members attended at least 75% of the Board of Directors meetings and
assigned committee meetings during 1995, except for Mr. Williams. The Board of
Directors held eight meetings during the year; its Executive Committee held
three meetings; its Audit Committee held two meetings; and its Compensation
Committee held five meetings. Employee Directors do not receive Director fees.
During 1995, Director fees provide for an annual retainer of $20,000 and
meeting fees of $1,500 per regular meeting attended and $1,500 per committee
meeting attended. For meetings held by conference phone call, participants are
paid $1,000. Messrs. Deal, McLean, Nichols, Qubein, Williams and Dr. Janeway
have executed Consulting Agreements with the Corporation to provide consulting
services for a period of ten years following their retirement. Directors
beginning such service as consultants during 1995, 1996, or 1997, shall
receive $13,200 per year. Directors beginning such service after 1997 shall
receive a sum equal to the annual retainer paid to the Corporation's directors
in effect at the time they begin such service. The consultants have agreed not
to serve as directors of, or advisers to, businesses which compete with the
Corporation during the time they serve as consultants to the Corporation.
 
                                      I-6
<PAGE>
 
               COMPENSATION OF EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS
 
 The following table presents information relating to total compensation
during the fiscal year ended December 31, 1995 of the Chief Executive Officer
and the seven next most highly compensated executive officers of the
Corporation (the "SNC Named Executives"):
 
                        SNC SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                          Annual Compensation            Long Term Compensation
                                  ----------------------------------- ----------------------------
                                                                          Awards        Payouts
                                                                      --------------- ------------
                                                                        Securities
                                                                        Underlying
                                                      Other Annual     Options/SARs       LTIP         All Other
Name and Principal Position  Year  Salary   Bonus   Compensation(/1/) (No. of Shares) Payouts(/2/) Compensation(/3/)
- ---------------------------  ---- -------- -------- ----------------- --------------- ------------ -----------------
<S>                          <C>  <C>      <C>      <C>               <C>             <C>          <C>
John A. Allison IV           1995 $406,200 $191,930     $122,842           42,877       $    --         $16,248
 Chairman & Chief            1994  386,212  189,244          --            40,272            --          15,449
 Executive Officer           1993  370,388  142,599          --            16,152         88,038         14,816
W. Kendall Chalk             1995 $198,492 $ 93,788     $ 62,224           18,401       $    --         $ 7,940
 Senior Executive            1994  178,623   87,525          --            18,785            --           6,160
 Vice President              1993  165,850   63,852          --             7,233         29,184          6,634
Robert E Greene              1995 $163,105 $ 55,000     $ 14,162           14,867       $ 56,400        $21,270
 Senior Executive            1994  156,832   57,200          --             6,828         53,400         15,290
 Vice President              1993  145,000   50,800          --             5,865         47,200         11,514
Kelly S. King                1995 $240,731 $113,746     $ 78,282           22,289       $    --         $ 9,629
 President                   1994  227,137  111,297          --            23,686            --           9,086
                             1993  217,875   83,882          --             9,502         31,701          8,715
Morris D. Marley             1995 $185,370 $ 62,600     $ 14,305           16,897       $ 63,000        $12,839
 Senior Executive            1994  178,240   59,200          --             7,760         56,700         12,117
 Vice President              1993  156,000   54,600          --             6,310         48,800         46,581
L. Glenn Orr, Jr.            1995 $303,303 $ 28,000     $117,066              --        $243,500        $26,304
 Chairman & Chief            1994  461,951  236,100          --               --         233,300         93,738
 Executive Officer           1993  444,184  217,700          --            22,459        216,500         74,822
 until March 1995(/4/)
Scott E. Reed                1995 $195,050 $ 92,161     $ 73,974           18,084       $    --         $ 7,802
 Senior Executive            1994  173,750   85,138          --            18,306            --           6,160
 Vice President and          1993  160,088   61,634          --             6,983         28,179          6,404
 Chief Financial Officer
Michael W. Sperry            1995 $195,878 $ 66,100     $ 17,610           17,854       $    --         $14,548
 Senior Executive            1994  188,344   68,700          --             8,200         67,900         14,406
 Vice President              1993  181,100   63,400          --            18,314         62,100         14,100
Henry G. Williamson, Jr.     1995 $326,890 $154,456     $119,145           30,218       $    --         $13,076
 Chief Operating             1994  310,000  151,900          --            32,329            --          12,400
 Officer                     1993  297,413  114,504          --            12,969         57,565         11,896
</TABLE>
 
- --------
(1) The Compensation shown as "Other Annual Compensation" for 1995 consisted
    of payments pursuant to Corporation's relocation policy for Messrs.
    Allison, Chalk, King, Orr ($98,962), Reed, and Williamson. For Messrs.
    Greene, Marley, and Sperry, it consisted of reimbursement of federal and
    state income taxes previously paid on certain personal expenses of $14,162
    each and amounts accrued under and interest earned on deferred
    compensation in excess of 120% of the long-term applicable federal rate in
    the amount of $143 for Mr. Marley, $18,104 for Mr. Orr and $3,448 for Mr.
    Sperry.
(2) Payments in 1995 shown as Long-Term Incentive Plan Payouts consisted of
    pro-rata payments under the 1993-1995 and the 1994-1996 Long-Term Cash
    Incentive Plans of the Corporation upon termination of both of these plans
    effective January 1, 1995.
 
                                      I-7
<PAGE>
 
(3) The compensation shown as "All Other Compensation" for 1995 consisted of
    the following: (i) Corporation's matching contribution under the SNC
    Savings and Thrift Plan in the amount of $3,696 for Mr. Allison, $5,526
    for Mr. Chalk, $3,696 for Mr. King, $6,000 for Mr. Reed, and $3,696 for
    Mr. Williamson; (ii) Corporation's contributions made under the SNC 401(k)
    Employee Stock Ownership Plan ("ESOP") in the amount of $9,240 for Mr.
    Greene, $9,240 for Mr. Marley, and $9,240 for Mr. Sperry; (iii) amounts
    accrued but not contributed under the Corporation's ESOP Excess Plan,
    which allows payment of benefits otherwise entitled under the ESOP except
    for limitations imposed by the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended
    ("Code") in the amount of $10,566 for Mr. Greene, $1,854 for Mr. Marley,
    and $2,513 for Mr. Sperry; (iv) Corporation's contribution to the SNC
    Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan in the amount of $12,552 for Mr.
    Allison, $2,414 for Mr. Chalk, $5,933 for Mr. King, $10,802 for Mr. Reed,
    and $9,380 for Mr. Williamson; and (v) the actuarial equivalent of
    benefits to employees from payment of annual premiums by the Corporation
    under a split-dollar life insurance program in the amount of $1,464 for
    Mr. Greene, $1,745 for Mr. Marley, $26,034 for Mr. Orr and $2,795 for Mr.
    Sperry.
(4) Mr. Orr served as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Corporation
    until March 1, 1995 and he retired on April 30, 1995. The amounts shown in
    the table represent payments for the four months ended April 30, 1995.
    After that date Mr. Orr received payments under his Settlement and Non-
    Compete Agreement which are described on page I-12 of this Proxy
    Statement.
 
 
                                      I-8
<PAGE>
 
 The following table shows all grants of options to each of the SNC Named
Executives in 1995.
 
                SNC OPTION/SAR GRANTS IN LAST FISCAL YEAR(/1/)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         Potential Realizable
                                                                           Value at Assumed
                                                                         Annual Rates of Stock
                                                                          Price Appreciation
                           Individual Grants                                for Option Term
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------ ---------------------
                                       % of Total
                                        Options
                                       Granted to
                            Option     Employees
                            Grants     in Fiscal   Exercise   Expiration
          Name           (Shares)(/2/) Year 1995  Price (/3/)    Date       5%         10%
          ----           ------------- ---------- ----------- ---------- ---------------------
<S>                      <C>           <C>        <C>         <C>        <C>       <C>
John A. Allison IV......    42,877        3.66%     $26.375    12/18/05  $ 711,205 $ 1,802,333
W. Kendall Chalk........    18,401        1.57       26.375    12/18/05    305,219     773,485
Robert E. Greene........    14,867        1.27       26.375    12/18/05    246,600     624,934
Kelly S. King...........    22,289        1.90       26.375    12/18/05    369,710     936,917
Morris D. Marley .......    16,897        1.44       26.375    12/18/05    280,272     710,265
L. Glenn Orr, Jr. ......       --          --           --          --         --          --
Scott E. Reed...........    18,084        1.54       26.375    12/18/05    299,961     760,160
Michael W. Sperry ......    17,854        1.52       26.375    12/18/05    296,146     750,492
Henry G. Williamson,
 Jr.....................    30,218        2.58       26.375    12/18/05    501,229   1,270,212
</TABLE>
(1) No SARs were granted during 1995.
(2) All options were granted on December 19, 1995, vest pro rata over three
    years and after vesting are exercisable during the ten-year period
    beginning on the date of grant.
(3) Exercise price is equal to market price of Common Stock on the date of
    grant.
 
 The following table provides information concerning options for SNC Common
Stock exercised by each of the SNC Named Executives in 1995, and the value of
options held by each at December 31, 1995.
 
            SNC AGGREGATED OPTION/SAR EXERCISES IN LAST FISCAL YEAR
                         AND FY-END OPTION VALUES(/1/)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                     Number of Unexercised     Value of Unexercised
                                        Options at FY-             In-the-Money
                Shares                   End (Shares)         Options at FY-End(/2/)
              Acquired on  Value   ------------------------- -------------------------
   Name        Exercise   Realized Exercisable Unexercisable Exercisable Unexercisable
   ----       ----------- -------- ----------- ------------- ----------- -------------
<S>           <C>         <C>      <C>         <C>           <C>         <C>
John A. Al-
 lison IV..        --         --     147,542      57,126     $1,586,610    $100,895
W. Kendall
 Chalk.....        --         --      66,202      25,283        730,163      49,019
Robert E.
 Greene ...        --         --      30,878      19,420        358,203      33,997
Kelly S.
 King......        --         --      73,800      30,669        776,777      59,704
Morris D.
 Marley ...      8,674    $93,542     23,427      22,071        214,652      38,633
L. Glenn
 Orr. Jr...     22,459     97,652     85,878       6,375      1,149,484      60,563
Scott E.
 Reed......        --         --      64,097      24,844        706,330      48,148
Michael W.
 Sperry ...     13,053    177,666     35,863      23,321        294,409      40,821
Henry G.
 Williamson,
 Jr........        --         --     114,990      41,655      1,248,227      81,509
</TABLE>
(1) No SARs have been granted by SNC and thus no SARs were exercised during
    1995.
(2) The closing price on December 29, 1995 for SNC Common Stock was $26.25 and
    is used in calculating the value of unexercised options.
 
 
                                      I-9
<PAGE>
 
RETIREMENT PLANS
 
 The Corporation has a defined benefit retirement plan, the Southern National
Corporation Retirement Plan (the "Retirement Plan"), for eligible employees.
All employees of the Corporation and certain subsidiaries are eligible to
participate under the Retirement Plan after completing one year of service.
Contributions to the Retirement Plan are computed on an actuarial basis. A
participant's normal annual retirement benefit under the Retirement Plan at
age 65 is an amount equal to 1.1% of the first $6,600 of the participant's
average compensation, plus 1.5% of the participant's average compensation in
excess of $6,600, times the number of years of service completed with the
Corporation and certain subsidiaries. A participant's average compensation is
his average annual compensation including salary, wages, overtime, bonuses and
incentive compensation, for the five consecutive years that produce the
highest average.
 
 The following table shows the estimated annual benefits payable under the
Retirement Plan upon retirement at age 65 to persons in specified average
compensation and years of service classifications. The amounts shown are based
on a 10 year certain and life annuity and are not subject to offsets based
upon social security amounts or other amounts. As of December 31, 1995, for
purposes of computing benefits under the Retirement Plan, age and years of
service of the SNC Named Executives are as follows: age 47 and 25 years for
Mr. Allison; age 50 and 21 years for Mr. Chalk; age 46 and 23 years for Mr.
Greene; age 47 and 24 years for Mr. King; age 45 and 11 years for Mr. Marley;
age 55 and 22 years for Mr. Orr; age 47 and 24 years for Mr. Reed; age 51 and
6 years for Mr. Sperry; and age 48 and 24 years for Mr. Williamson.
 
                     ESTIMATED ANNUAL RETIREMENT BENEFITS
                 BASED ON YEARS OF CREDITED SERVICE(/1/)(/2/)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
  Average
Compensation
    for
     5
Consecutive
   Years
 of Highest
Compensation  10 Years 15 Years 20 Years 25 Years 30 Years 35 Years 40 Years
- ------------  -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
<S>           <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>
    $300,000  $ 44,736 $ 67,104 $ 89,472 $111,840 $134,208 $156,576 $178,944
     350,000    52,236   78,354  104,472  130,590  156,708  182,826  208,944
     400,000    59,736   89,604  119,472  149,340  179,208  209,076  238,944
     450,000    67,236  100,854  134,472  168,090  201,708  235,326  268,944
     500,000    74,736  112,104  149,472  186,840  224,208  261,576  298,944
     550,000    82,236  123,354  164,472  205,590  246,708  287,826  328,944
     600,000    89,736  134,604  179,472  224,340  269,208  314,076  358,944
     650,000    97,236  145,854  194,472  243,090  291,708  340,326  388,944
     700,000   104,736  157,104  209,472  261,840  314,208  366,576  418,944
     750,000   112,236  168,354  224,472  280,590  336,708  392,826  448,944
     800,000   119,736  179,604  239,472  299,340  359,208  419,076  478,944
     850,000   127,236  190,854  254,472  318,090  381,708  445,326  508,944
     900,000   134,736  202,104  269,472  336,840  440,208  471,576  538,944
</TABLE>
- --------
(1) The amounts shown exceed statutory benefit limits and compensation caps
    under the Retirement Plan in some instances. To the extent an amount
    cannot be earned under the Retirement Plan, it will be earned under the
    Corporation's Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan.
(2) If employment date is on or after January 1, 1979, basic benefit is
    lifetime annuity. If employment date is prior to January 1, 1979, basic
    benefit is 120 months certain and thereafter for participant's lifetime.
 
EMPLOYMENT CONTRACTS AND CHANGE IN CONTROL AGREEMENTS
 
 EXECUTIVE OFFICER EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS. In 1994, BB&T Financial and the
Corporation entered into Employment Agreements with 27 of their executive and
other senior officers (15 BB&T Financial officers and 12 officers of the
Corporation (collectively, the "Officers")), including Messrs. Allison, Chalk,
Greene, King, Marley, Reed, Sperry and Williamson (collectively, "Executive
Management"), who are currently serving as Executive Officers of the
Corporation.
 
                                     I-10
<PAGE>
 
 The Employment Agreements provide for five-year terms that are extended
automatically each month (absent contrary notice by either party to the
Employment Agreement). As a result, five years remain on the term of each
Employment Agreement at any time unless either party elects not to extend the
term. The term of any Employment Agreement may not be extended beyond the
month in which the officer reaches age 65, however. The Employment Agreements
provide that the Officers are guaranteed minimum annual salaries equal to
their current annualized base salaries, and continued participation in
specified incentive compensation plans. During the term of the Employment
Agreements, each Officer will be entitled to receive, on the same basis as
other officers, employee pension and welfare benefits and group employee
benefits such as sick leave, vacation, group disability and health, life and
accident insurance and similar indirect compensation that the Corporation may
from time to time extend to its officers.
 
 The Employment Agreements also provide that under various circumstances an
Officer may continue to receive compensation and health insurance from the
Corporation after the Officer's voluntary termination of employment or after
being terminated by the Corporation other than for cause. At any time after
the first anniversary, and until the sixth anniversary of the BB&T Merger, the
Officer voluntarily may terminate his or her employment with the Corporation
and continue to receive 60% of the Officer's highest annual cash compensation
during any one of the five years preceding termination (such highest annual
cash compensation being referred to herein as the "Termination Compensation")
and health insurance provided by the Corporation until the sixth anniversary
of the BB&T Merger, subject to compliance with non-competition provisions of
the Employment Agreements, described below. In the event the Officer's
employment is terminated by the Corporation other than for "just cause" (as
defined in the Employment Agreements), the Officer will be entitled to receive
the Termination Compensation and health insurance for the remainder of the
term of the Employment Agreement, subject to compliance with the non-
competition provisions of the Employment Agreement. In addition, if an Officer
is terminated by the Corporation other than for just cause, the Corporation
will use its best efforts to accelerate vesting of any unvested benefits to
which the Officer may be entitled under any stock-based or other benefit plan
or arrangement to the extent permitted by the terms of such plan(s). Mr.
Spruill resigned effective March 1, 1995 and is receiving Termination
Compensation and health insurance in accordance with his former Employment
Agreement.
 
 The Employment Agreements also provide that if there is a "Change of Control"
(as hereinafter defined) of the Corporation or certain of its affiliates, the
Officer will be entitled to: (i) terminate his Employment Agreement
voluntarily for "good reason" (generally defined in the Employment Agreements
to include a reduction in the Officer's status, responsibilities and duties or
salary following the Change of Control); and (ii) receive, in a lump sum, an
amount equal to 2.99 times the Termination Compensation. In the event the
Officer is terminated by the Corporation for other than just cause or the
Officer terminates his employment for good reason after a Change of Control,
the Officer would also be entitled to accelerated vesting of unvested benefits
under employee stock and benefit plans to the extent permitted by such plans.
A "Change of Control" is deemed to have occurred under the Employment
Agreements if: (i) any person or group acquires 20% or more of the voting
securities of the Corporation or specified affiliates; (ii) during any two-
year period persons who were directors of the Corporation at the beginning of
the two-year period cease to constitute at least two-thirds of the
Corporation's Board of Directors; (iii) the shareholders of the Corporation
approve any merger or consolidation of the Corporation with another company
that would result in less than 80% of the voting securities outstanding after
the merger or consolidation being held by persons who were shareholders of the
Corporation immediately prior to the merger or consolidation; (iv) the
shareholders of the Corporation approve a plan of complete liquidation or an
agreement for the sale of substantially all of the Corporation's assets; or
(v) any other event the Board of Directors of the Corporation determines
should constitute a Change of Control.
 
 The Corporation also has the right under the Employment Agreements to
terminate the Officer's employment at any time for just cause. If the
Corporation terminates an Officer's employment for just cause, such Officer
will have no right to receive compensation or other benefits under the
Employment Agreement for any period after such termination.
 
                                     I-11
<PAGE>
 
 The Employment Agreements also provide that under certain circumstances upon
leaving the employment of the Corporation, the Officer may not engage directly
or indirectly in the banking, financial services or any other business in
which the Corporation is engaged in the states of North Carolina and South
Carolina and in any counties contiguous to any counties located in such
states, nor may the Officer solicit or assist in the solicitation of any
depositors or customers of the Corporation or any of the Corporation's
affiliates or induce any employees to terminate their employment with the
Corporation or its affiliates. This non-competition provision will be
effective: (i) if the Officer voluntarily terminates his employment prior to
the first anniversary of the BB&T Merger, until the later of the first
anniversary of the BB&T Merger or the first anniversary of the Officer's
termination; (ii) if after the first anniversary of the BB&T Merger the
Officer voluntarily terminates his employment, for such period of time during
which the Officer elects to receive 60% of the Termination Compensation; or
(iii) if the Officer is terminated other than for just cause, until the
earlier of the first anniversary of the Officer's termination or the date as
of which the Officer elects to forego receiving the Termination Compensation.
 
 The Employment Agreement of Mr. Allison provides that he will be Chairman of
the Board and Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation for the term of such
Employment Agreement.
 
 EMPLOYMENT CONTRACT AMENDMENTS. During 1995, the Compensation Committee
employed KPMG Peat Marwick ("Peat Marwick") to make recommendations concerning
the Corporation's overall compensation plans, including a review of the
foregoing employment contracts (see "Compensation Committee Report on
Executive Compensation"). The review of the empolyment contracts by Peat
Marwick was undertaken primarily in recognition of the contracts having been
negotiated in connection with the negotiations surrounding the BB&T Merger,
and without the advice of compensation consultants. Peat Marwick recommended
and the Compensation Committee approved amendments to the employee contracts
which (i) fix the minimum salary for the contracts as the annualized August
1994 salary; (ii) increase from 20% to 40% as the threshold for acquisition of
voting securities of the Corporation as a triggering event for change-of-
control provisions; (iii) provide up to $20,000 for outplacement services in
the event of termination of employment for certain specified reasons; (iv)
specify which employee benefits will be received upon certain conditions of
termination; and (v) specify that in the event payments under the contract
exceed limits established by Section 280(g) of the Internal Revenue Code,
relating to parachute payments, contract holders would be entitled to select
the benefits to be received in order to reduce total benefits to the
prescribed statutory limit.
 
 The Compensation Committee and Peat Marwick believe that the foregoing
amendments more clearly reflect the intent of the parties at the time the
contracts were negotiated and provide benefits more comparable to industry
standards.
 
 AGREEMENT WITH MR. ORR. The Corporation entered into an Employment Contract
between the Corporation and Southern National Bank of North Carolina and L.
Glenn Orr, Jr., the former Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer and
President of the Corporation, dated July 16, 1981, as amended by an Amendment
to Employment Contract between the Corporation and Southern National Bank of
North Carolina and Mr. Orr, dated June 15, 1989 (as amended, the "Original Orr
Agreement"). The Original Orr Agreement provided that Mr. Orr would serve as
Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer and President of the
Corporation until attaining age 65. In order to facilitate the transition from
the Corporation and BB&T Financial as separate entities to the Corporation as
a single merged entity, Mr. Orr has agreed to serve as Chairman Emeritus of
the Corporation until May 1, 1995, following the BB&T Merger. Pursuant to a
Settlement and Non-Compete Agreement between Mr. Orr and the Corporation,
effective following the BB&T Merger (the "Orr Settlement Agreement"), Mr. Orr
resigned as an employee and officer of the Corporation and was retained as a
consultant as of May 1, 1995. The Orr Settlement Agreement provides for the
Corporation to pay Mr. Orr an annual amount equal to the difference between
$1,655,000 and the Corporation-provided portion of certain benefits payable to
Mr. Orr under the following plans of the Corporation: the retirement plan, the
supplemental executive retirement plan, the employee stock ownership plan, the
employee stock ownership plan excess plan, and the non-qualified deferred
compensation plan. The Orr Settlement Agreement also provides that Mr. Orr
agrees (i) to settle each
 
                                     I-12
<PAGE>
 
of the Corporation's obligations to him pursuant to the Original Orr
Agreement, (ii) not to engage in competition with the Corporation by (A)
engaging directly or indirectly in the banking or financial services business
anywhere in North Carolina or South Carolina (or in any other state in a
county contiguous to North Carolina or South Carolina) or (B) soliciting any
depositors or customers of the Corporation or its subsidiaries or inducing any
employees of the Corporation or its subsidiaries to terminate their employment
with the Corporation, and (iii) to serve as a consultant to the Corporation
for a period of five years following the BB&T Merger. The Corporation also
agrees to provide certain miscellaneous benefits to Mr. Orr, including the
continuation for life of certain life and medical insurance policies, certain
moving expenses and country club membership dues and the purchase of an
automobile. The payments provided for under the Orr Settlement Agreement will
be paid to Mr. Orr in equal monthly installments and will continue for the
life of each of Mr. Orr and his current wife, but in no event for a period of
less than fifteen years. To the extent that payments under the Orr Settlement
Agreement cause a "parachute payment," as defined in the Internal Revenue Code
of 1986 (the "Code") section 280G(b)(2), the Corporation will indemnify Mr.
Orr and hold him harmless against all claims, expenses and excise taxes
relating thereto. The Corporation has established a rabbi trust to help assure
the payment of the Corporation's obligations to Mr. Orr under the Orr
Settlement Agreement. The Corporation has placed assets in the rabbi trust
representing partial funding of the Corporation's obligations to Mr. Orr under
the Orr Settlement Agreement. In the event of a Change of Control (as defined
in the Orr Settlement Agreement) of the Corporation, the Corporation will be
obligated to contribute additional assets to the rabbi trust to provide full
funding, on a actuarial basis, of the Corporation's obligations to Mr. Orr
under the Orr Settlement Agreement. The Orr Settlement Agreement also provides
that the Corporation will use its best efforts, subject to fiduciary duties,
to reelect Mr. Orr to the Corporation Board until his seventieth birthday.
 
            COMPENSATION COMMITTEE REPORT ON EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
 During 1995, the actions of the Corporation's Compensation Committee
("Compensation Committee" or "Committee") were significantly impacted by the
BB&T Merger on February 28, 1995. Prior to the BB&T Merger, both constituent
corporations had maintained compensation committees in compliance with
applicable laws and regulations and each had acted to establish the
compensation of their respective Chief Executive Officers and Executive
Management. Prior to the effective time of the BB&T Merger, the Boards of
Directors of BB&T Financial and SNC determined that a detailed review of the
compensation philosophy and practices for SNC should be undertaken in early
1995, even though the Boards believed the respective compensation philosophies
were consistent with each other. In order to provide time for such a study,
the compensation committees of BB&T Financial and of SNC determined that
salaries for all Executive Officers, including the Chief Executive Officer,
should be established on a consistent basis and each committee approved
general salary guidelines of increases of four percent for all officers of
each corporation. The respective compensation committees approved four percent
increases for all Executive Management.
 
 Prior to the BB&T Merger, each of the constituent corporations had maintained
annual cash incentive plans and stock option plans. In addition, SNC had
maintained a Long-Term Incentive Plan and a Capital Accumulation Plan. The
Directors of BB&T Financial and of SNC agreed that implementation of all of
these plans would be deferred until a preliminary report had been received
from outside consultants relating to overall compensation philosophy after the
merger became effective.
 
 After the BB&T Merger became effective, KPMG Peat Marwick ("Peat Marwick")
was employed as consultants to make recommendations to the Compensation
Committee relating to overall compensation philosophy, appropriate base
salary, short-term and long-term compensation plans, appropriate goals and
targets for such plans and to review employment contracts of senior officers
of the Corporation.
 
 COMPENSATION PHILOSOPHY In May 1995, the Compensation Committee received a
report from Peat Marwick on executive total compensation program design. The
Committee's compensation policies are based on this report. The report
consisted of:
 
  (i)  a competitive compensation analysis,
 
                                     I-13
<PAGE>
 
  (ii) compensation philosophy and guiding principles,
  (iii) incentive plan design, and
  (iv) directors' compensation recommendation.
 
 The competitive compensation analysis included a peer group of bank holding
companies' financial performance indicators to be used as benchmarks for
future compensation plans and an analysis of the Corporation's Executive
Management compensation. In general, the report indicated that the
Corporation's compensation is significantly below both peer levels and market
medians.
 
 Peat Marwick recommended that the compensation philosophy and guiding
principles for the Corporation consist of the following:
 
  (i)  compensation and reward system should be a management tool to achieve
       business results,
  (ii) competitive total compensation opportunities should be provided based
       on competitive performance,
  (iii) total compensation should be aligned with relative performance, and
  (iv) a commitment should be made to an annual review of a set of guiding
       principles for SNC's total compensation program.
 
 Peat Marwick further recommended that, for Executive Management, compensation
should be positioned to emphasize variable pay based on performance with base
salary at 90% of median and cash incentives above median to result in total
cash compensation at market median. Peat Marwick also recommended that
standards should be compared to a peer group of publicly-traded bank holding
companies with assets between approximately $15 billion and $40 billion, which
is the "New Peer Group" in the Performance Graph on Page I-18, stock options
should be used as a core for long-term incentives and that a large portion of
total compensation should be "at risk".
 
 Peat Marwick also proposed incentive compensation programs for Executive
Management, which would consist of annual cash incentives, stock options,
three-year performance-based incentives, and normal employee benefits. It was
further recommended that greater emphasis be placed on variable compensation
for Executive Management. Peat Marwick proposed target award opportunities for
Executive Management and suggested performance criteria to be utilized in the
annual incentive plan and the long-term incentive plan. In addition, Peat
Marwick presented specific base salary and total compensation recommendations
for Executive Management.
 
 As a part of its study, Peat Marwick also presented to the Compensation
Committee recommended Board compensation standards. These standards were
adopted by the Compensation Committee and payments to directors are set forth
on Page I-6 of this Proxy Statement.
 
 SNC's compensation policy is intended to comply with Section 162(m) of the
Code and related regulations, which establish certain requirements in order
for performance-based compensation in excess of $1 million that is paid to
certain executive officers to be deductible by the Corporation. In
establishing and administering SNC's compensation programs, the Compensation
Committee has intended to comply with the requirements of Section 162(m),
although the Committee intends to retain the flexibility to pay compensation
that is not eligible for favorable treatment under Section 162(m) if the
Committee determines that it is in the best interests of the Corporation to do
so.
 
 COMPENSATION PLANS
 
 Annual Executive Incentive Plan -- Pursuant to the recommendations of Peat
Marwick, the Compensation Committee established an Annual Executive Incentive
Compensation Plan ("Bonus Plan"), which covers Executive Management, and other
senior officers selected by the Compensation Committee. The Committee
determined that it was appropriate to establish a plan for the year 1995,
which would be a continuation of the previous bonus plans of BB&T Financial
and SNC and to defer adoption of a bonus plan for SNC for future years until a
later meeting to provide additional time to consider the report of Peat
Marwick. The Committee
 
                                     I-14
<PAGE>
 
approved a bonus plan for 1995, utilizing as components of the plan earnings
per share and return on assets, which are consistent with the recommendations
of Peat Marwick. Based upon the profit plan for 1995, the Committee
established threshold, target, and superior levels of performance for both
earnings per share and return on assets. For 1995, the Committee established a
goal of 35% of base salary for Executive Management who were formerly covered
by the BB&T Financial bonus plan. A goal of 25% of base salary was established
for Executive Management formerly covered by the SNC bonus plan. These were
the historical goals established under the two previous plans of BB&T
Financial and SNC. In 1995, the Corporation achieved the performance levels
specified by the Committee, such as would permit all participants to receive
an award of 135% of their established goals, and that amount is shown in the
Bonus column of the Summary Compensation Table.
 
 In December 1995, after additional consultation with Peat Marwick, the
Compensation Committee again met and considered the Bonus Plan of the
Corporation to be in effect for 1996 and future years. Because of the impact
of Code Section 162(m) which disallows a tax deduction for any publicly-held
corporation for remuneration exceeding $1 million in any tax year for the
Chief Executive Officer and other Executive Officers unless it qualifies as
performance based, the Committee concluded that the Bonus Plan should be
submitted to shareholders for approval at the 1996 Annual Meeting.
Accordingly, a summary of this Bonus Plan is set forth in this Proxy Statement
beginning on Page I-23.
 
 Stock Incentive Plan -- Peat Marwick recommended that the Corporation have a
stock option plan for Executive Management, and other employees and, in
limited instances, non-employees selected to participate. Prior to the BB&T
Merger, both BB&T Financial and SNC had maintained such plans. The
Compensation Committee reviewed the 1995 Omnibus Stock Incentive Plan of the
Corporation and concluded that it complied with the recommendations of Peat
Marwick and that this plan should be maintained. In order to provide
sufficient shares for future stock option grants, the Committee also concluded
that an additional four million shares of the Corporation's Common Stock
should be authorized for issuance under the plan and that this proposal should
be submitted for approval to the 1996 Shareholders Meeting. For a discussion
of this plan, see Proposal 2 beginning on Page I-19 of this proxy statement.
 
 The Compensation Committee also awarded annual stock option grants for 1995.
Peat Marwick recommended that option grants be based on competitive market
factors and that the Black-Scholes methodology for computing the value of
options be utilized. The Committee accepted this recommendation and the 1995
awards are based on this methodology and are set forth in the table on Page I-
9 of this proxy statement. In addition to Executive Management, the Committee
awarded grants to approximately 300 other officers and established a vesting
period of three years for the option grants with the options to expire after
ten years from the date of grant.
 
 Three-Year Long-Term Incentive Plan -- Peat Marwick recommended that
Executive Management be included in a long-term incentive plan. This plan is
based on three-year performance criteria established by the Compensation
Committee with the initial recommended criteria being return on equity
(although the Committee is authorized to establish other performance-based
criteria). (See Proposal 3, below). Peat Marwick recommended that a
performance unit plan be utilized for this purpose. Prior to the BB&T Merger,
a similar plan had been utilized by BB&T Financial, but its use had been
suspended in 1993. SNC had maintained a Long-Term Cash Incentive Plan for its
senior executives which was a performance share plan, tied to specific
indicators and based on the market value of the Corporation's Common Stock.
This plan remained in effect through 1994 and payouts under this plan were
made in 1995 to all participants on a pro rata basis for all outstanding
awards in order to satisfy all outstanding grants under that plan and provide
eligible Executive Officers the opportunity to participate in the new
performance unit plan.
 
 In order to permit awards under the Long-Term Incentive Plan to be made in
either cash or stock, at the option of the Compensation Committee, appropriate
amendments to the 1995 Omnibus Stock Option Plan have been proposed to
shareholders by the Compensation Committee. A discussion of the elements of
the performance unit plan as proposed by Peat Marwick and adopted by the Board
of Directors, is included under the amendments to the 1995 Omnibus Stock
Incentive Plan starting at Page I-21 of this Proxy Statement.
 
 
                                     I-15
<PAGE>
 
 Annual Base Salary -- The Compensation Committee, based on Peat Marwick's
recommendation, adopted a salary range system as the basis for all employees'
base salaries. Such a system was utilized by BB&T Financial prior to the BB&T
Merger. The Committee adopted the pay grades and salary ranges recommended by
Peat Marwick for all employees and approved a transition policy of having all
employees at the appropriate point within their salary range within two years.
The transition policy was necessitated due to the increased size and scope of
the organization resulting from the BB&T Merger.
 
 Employee Benefit Plans -- Peat Marwick and the Compensation Committee
recommended and the Board of Directors has adopted various employee benefit
plans as a portion of the total compensation package available to Executive
Management and all employees of the Corporation. These plans consist of a
401(k) Savings Plan which permits employees to contribute up to six percent of
their compensation with the Corporation matching their contribution. The
assets are in a tax-qualified trust managed by Branch Banking and Trust
Company and employees have the right to select specified investment options
for both their contributions and the Corporation's matching funds. In
addition, the Corporation has a retirement plan to cover all employees of the
Corporation, including all Executive Officers. The provisions of this plan are
discussed on Page I-10 of this Proxy Statement. The Corporation also has a
health care plan which provides medical and dental coverage for all employees.
The provisions of all of the employee benefit plans are based upon
recommendations of Peat Marwick and are consistent with plans provided by peer
bank holding companies, industry standards and similar plans provided prior to
the BB&T Merger.
 
CONCLUSION
 
 The Compensation Committee believes that all components of its total
compensation program, both for Executive Management and all employees, is
consistent with market standards and with comparable programs of peer bank
holding companies. The program is based upon and will be administered
consistent with the recommendations of Peat Marwick. The executive
compensation programs are based on financial performance of the Corporation
compared to both market medians and peer group averages and appropriately
links executive performance to the annual financial and operational results of
the Corporation and the long-term financial interests of the shareholders. The
Committee believes that the foregoing compensation philosophy will serve as a
basis for administering the total compensation program of the Corporation,
both for Executive Management and all employees for the foreseeable future.
The Directors who constituted the Compensation Committee are:
 
    Richard Janeway, M.D., Chairman               Ernest F. Hardee
           Paul B. Barringer                     Dickson McLean, Jr.
            Ronald E. Deal                       A. Winniett Peters
          Joe L. Dudley, Sr.                       Nido R. Qubein
 
COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION
 
 Nido R. Qubein, a Director of the Corporation and a member of the
Compensation Committee in 1995, is owner of Creative Services, Inc., an
international management consulting firm. Branch Banking and Trust Company has
entered into a consulting services contract with Creative Services, Inc. under
which Creative Services, Inc. is advising management by providing
organizational development expertise, including the conceptualization and
creation of integrated corporate employee training materials and programs.
Creative Services, Inc. was paid $378,597 under this contract in 1995.
Management believes this contract is on terms as favorable as could have been
obtained from others.
 
 Dickson McLean, Jr., a Director of the Corporation and a member of the
Compensation Committee in 1995, is President of McLean, Stacy, Henry, McLean,
McIntyre & Ramsaur, P.A., Attorneys-at-Law. The firm is under retainer to
provide legal services to the Corporation and its subsidiaries. The firm was
paid the sum of $62,187 in 1995. Management believes these services were
provided on terms as favorable as could have been obtained from others.
 
 
                                     I-16
<PAGE>
 
 Mr. McLean and Mr. Qubein abstain from voting on matters relating to stock
options and the Long-Term Cash Incentive Plan and Short-Term Incentive Plan.
 
TRANSACTIONS WITH OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS
 
 A number of the Corporation's Directors and officers and their associates are
customers of the BB&T Bank Subsidiaries. Any extensions of credit made to them
are in the ordinary course of business, are substantially on the same terms,
including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the same time
for comparable transactions with others, and do not involve more than normal
risk of collectibility or present other unfavorable features. None of such
credits are classified as non-accrual, past due, restructured or potential
problem. All outstanding loans to such officers and Directors and their
associates are current as to principal and interest. As of December 31, 1995,
loans in excess of $60,000 to Directors, executive officers and their
interests totaled approximately $76.1 million, or approximately 4.5% of the
Corporation's consolidated shareholders' equity at such date.
 
 During 1995, the Corporation retained the law firm of Dooley, Dooley, Spence
and Parker, P.A., an affiliate of A. J. Dooley, Sr., a nominee for Director of
the Corporation, and the Corporation proposes to continue to retain this firm
during 1996.
 
 See "Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation," above.
 
                                     I-17
<PAGE>
 
PERFORMANCE GRAPH
 
 Set forth below is a graph comparing the total returns (assuming reinvestment
of dividends) of Corporation Common Stock, the S&P 500 Index, and an industry
peer group index of 13 southeastern banks. The graph assumes $100 invested on
December 30, 1990 in Corporation Common Stock and each of the indices.
 
 The bank holding companies in the peer group index are AmSouth
Bancorporation, Boatman's Bancshares, Inc., Crestar Financial Corporation,
Fifth-Third BanCorp, Firstar Corporation, First Bank Systems, Inc., First of
America Bank Corporation, Huntington Bancshares, Inc., Meridian Bancorp, Inc.,
National City Corporation, SouthTrust Corporation, U.S. Bancorp and UJB
Financial Corporation. In 1994 the peer group index consisted of the following
13 bank holding companies: BB&T Financial Corporation, CCB Financial
Corporation, South Trust Corporation, AmSouth Corporation, Central Fidelity
Banks, Inc., Regions Financial Corporation, First Virginia Banks, Inc.,
Compass Bancshares, Inc., Mercantile Bancshares Corporation, Bank South Corp.,
Synivus Financial Corp., Centura Banks, Inc., and United Carolina Bancshares
Corporation. The graph depicts both peer groups. The new peer group consists
of bank holding companies with assets between approximately $15 billion and
$40 billion which more closely approximates Corporation's size than the 1994
peer group and is the same peer group utilized by the Compensation Committee.
 

               COMPARISON OF FIVE YEAR CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN*
           AMOUNG SOUTHERN NATIONAL CORPORATION, THE S&P 500 INDEX,
                    A NEW PEER GROUP AND AN OLD PEER GROUP
 
 
 
                             [GRAPH APPEARS HERE]
 
<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Index Description   12/31/90  12/31/91  12/31/92  12/31/93  12/31/94  12/31/95
- -----------------   --------  --------  --------  --------  --------  --------
<C>                 <S>       <S>       <S>       <S>       <S>       <S> 
SOUTHERN NATIONAL
CORPORATION           100       145       211       219       220       313
NEW PEER GROUP        100       180       242       254       247       380 
OLD PEER GROUP        100       173       230       241       243       370 
S&P 500               100       130       140       155       157       215
* $100 INVESTED ON 12/31/90 IN STOCK OR INDEX - INCLUDING REINVESTMENT OF 
DIVIDENDS.
                        FISCAL YEAR ENDING DECEMBER 31.

Prepared by Research Data Group
</TABLE> 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                     I-18


<PAGE>
 
          PROPOSAL 2--APPROVAL OF AMENDMENTS TO THE SOUTHERN NATIONAL
                 CORPORATION 1995 OMNIBUS STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN
 
 The Board of Directors proposes that the shareholders approve certain
amendments to the Southern National Corporation 1995 Omnibus Stock Incentive
Plan (the "Stock Plan"), as set forth in an amended and restated version of
the Plan (the "Amended and Restated Stock Plan"). The Stock Plan was
originally adopted by the shareholders at the 1995 Annual Meeting. The
approval of certain amendments to the Stock Plan requires the affirmative vote
of the holders of a majority of the shares of the Corporation's Common Stock
present or represented by properly executed and delivered proxies at the
meeting. Abstentions and shares held in street name voted as to any matter at
the meeting will be included in determining the number of votes present or
represented at the meeting.
 
 The discussion which follows summaries the proposed amendments to the Stock
Plan, all of which are included in the Amended and Restated Plan, and
describes the material terms of the Stock Plan. The summary is subject, in all
respects, to the terms of the Amended and Restated Plan. The Corporation will
provide promptly, upon request and without charge, a copy of the full text of
the Amended and Restated Plan to each person to whom a copy of this Proxy
Statement is delivered. Requests should be directed to: Mr. Jerone C. Herring,
Secretary, Southern National Corporation, 200 West Second Street, Winston-
Salem, North Carolina 27101.
 
SUMMARY OF THE STOCK PLAN
 
 The Board of Directors believes that the Stock Plan will benefit the
Corporation by (i) assisting it in recruiting and retaining employees with
ability and initiative, (ii) providing greater incentive for employees of the
Corporation or its related entities and (iii) associating the interests of
employees with those of the Corporation, its related entities, and its
shareholders through opportunities for increased stock ownership. Currently, a
maximum of 2,000,000 shares of Common Stock may be issued under the Stock
Plan, subject to a 3% replenishment percentage and adjustments in the case of
a stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization or similar events. The maximum
number of shares is proposed to be increased. See "Summary of Proposed
Amendments to the Stock Plan," below.
 
 The Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors administers the Stock
Plan. The Compensation Committee may delegate its authority to administer the
Stock Plan to one or more officers of the Corporation. The Compensation
Committee, however, may not delegate its authority with respect to individuals
who are subject to Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 ("Section
16"). As used in this summary, the term "Administrator" means the Compensation
Committee and any delegate, as appropriate.
 
 Each employee of the Corporation or a related entity is eligible to
participate in the Stock Plan. Certain non-employees are eligible to
participate in the Stock Plan in conjunction with merger and acquisition
transactions. The Administrator will select the individuals who will
participate in the Stock Plan ("Participants") but no person may participate
in the Stock Plan while he is a member of the Compensation Committee.
Currently, the Administrator may, from time to time, grant stock options,
stock appreciation rights ("SARs"), restricted stock awards and performance
shares to Participants. The Stock Plan is proposed to be amended to provide
for the grant of performance units. See "Summary of Proposed Amendments to the
Stock Plan," below.
 
 Options granted under the Stock Plan may be incentive stock options ("ISOs")
or nonqualified stock options. A stock option entitles the Participant to
purchase shares of Common Stock from the Corporation at the option price. The
option price will be fixed by the Administrator at the time the option is
granted, but the price cannot be less than 100% of the shares' fair market
value on the date of grant in the case of ISOs, and not less than 85% of the
shares' fair market value on the date of grant in the case of nonqualified
stock options. In the past no nonqualified stock options have been granted for
less than 100% of the shares' fair market value on the date of grant. The
option price may be paid in cash, with shares of Common Stock, or with a
combination of cash and Common Stock.
 
 
                                     I-19
<PAGE>
 
 SARs generally entitle the Participant to receive the lesser of (i) the
excess of the fair market value of a share of Common Stock on the date of
exercise over the initial value of the SAR or (ii) the initial value. The
initial value of the SAR is determined by the Administrator at the time of the
grant. The amount payable upon the exercise of an SAR may be paid in cash,
Common Stock, or a combination of the two.
 
 SARs may be granted in relation to option grants ("Corresponding SARs") or
independently of option grants. The difference between these two types of SARs
is that to exercise a Corresponding SAR, the Participant must surrender
unexercised that portion of the stock option to which the Corresponding SAR
relates.
 
 Participants may be awarded shares of Common Stock pursuant to a restricted
stock award. The Administrator, in its discretion, may prescribe that a
Participant's rights in a restricted stock award shall be nontransferable or
forfeitable, or both, unless certain conditions are satisfied. These
conditions may include, for example, a requirement that the Participant
continue employment with the Corporation or a related entity for a specified
period or that the Corporation, a related entity, or the Participant achieve
stated objectives. It is anticipated that the vesting period of a restricted
stock award will be no less than three years, or no less than one year in the
case of performance-based restricted stock awards.
 
 The Stock Plan also provides for the award of performance shares. A
performance share award entitles the Participant to receive a payment equal to
the fair market value of a targeted number of shares of Common Stock if
certain performance standards are met. The Administrator will prescribe the
requirements that must be satisfied before a performance share award is
earned. The performance share requirements may include, for example, a
requirement that the Participant continue employment with the Corporation or a
related entity for a specified period or that Corporation, a related entity,
or the Participant achieve stated objectives. A performance share award will
be earned based on the performance share value during each of the five
valuation periods (calendar years) following the date of the award. To the
extent that performance shares are earned, the obligation may be settled in
cash, in Common Stock or by a combination of the two.
 
 All awards made under the Stock Plan will be evidenced by written agreements
between the Corporation and the Participant. Currently, a maximum of 30,000
shares may be granted to a Participant in any calendar year. Additional award
limitations are also proposed to be added to the Stock Plan. See "Summary of
Proposed Amendments to the Stock Plan," below.
 
 No option, SAR or stock award may be granted and no performance shares may be
awarded under the Stock Plan after April 9, 2005. The Board of Directors may
terminate the Stock Plan sooner without further action by shareholders. The
Board of Directors also may amend the Stock Plan except that no amendment that
increases the number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued under the
Stock Plan or changes the class of individuals who may be selected to
participate in the Stock Plan will become effective until it is approved by
shareholders. Shareholder approval is also regained for certain types of
amendments to the Stock Plan, as discussed below.
 
FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES
 
 The Corporation has been advised by counsel regarding the federal income tax
consequences of the Stock Plan. The following summary briefly describes the
principal federal income tax consequences of awards under the Stock Plan. The
summary is not intended to cover all tax consequences that may apply to a
particular participant or to SNC. No income is recognized by a Participant at
the time an option is granted. If the option is an ISO, no income will be
recognized upon the Participant's exercise of the option. Income is recognized
by a Participant when he disposes of shares acquired under an ISO. The
exercise of a nonqualified stock option generally is a taxable event that
requires the Participant to recognize, as ordinary income, the difference
between the shares' fair market value and the option price.
 
 No income is recognized upon the grant of an SAR. The exercise of an SAR
generally is a taxable event. The Participant generally must recognize income
equal to any cash that is paid and the fair market value of Common Stock that
is received in settlement of an SAR.
 
                                     I-20
<PAGE>
 
 The Participant will recognize income on account of a stock award on the
first day that the shares are either transferable or not subject to a
substantial risk of forfeiture. The amount of income recognized by the
Participant is equal to the fair market value of the Common Stock received on
that date.
 
 The Participant will recognize income on account of the settlement of a
performance share or performance unit award. The Participant will recognize
income equal to any cash that is paid and the fair market value of Common
Stock (on the date that the shares are first transferable or not subject to a
substantial risk of forfeiture) that is received in settlement of the award.
 
 The employer (either the Corporation or a related entity) will be entitled to
claim a federal income tax deduction on account of the exercise of a
nonqualified option or SAR, the vesting of a stock award, and the settlement
of a performance share or performance unit award. The amount of the deduction
is equal to the ordinary income recognized by the Participant. The employer
will not be entitled to a federal income tax deduction on account of the grant
or the exercise of an ISO. The employer may claim a federal income tax
deduction on account of certain dispositions of Common Stock acquired upon the
exercise of an ISO.
 
SUMMARY OF PROPOSED AMENDMENTS TO THE STOCK PLAN
 
 The Board of Directors adopted certain amendments to the Stock Plan on
February 27, 1996. Certain of these amendments, all of which are included in
the Amended and Restated Stock Plan, require shareholder approval. Under Rule
16b-3 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "1934 Act"),
shareholder approval is required of any plan amendment that would, among other
things, materially increase the number of shares that may be issued under a
plan or materially increase benefits to participants. In addition, under
Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"),
and regulations thereunder, performance-based compensation paid to certain
covered employees in excess of $1 million is not eligible for deduction by the
Corporation unless the compensation is based upon material performance goals
approved by the shareholders (and certain other conditions are met). Thus,
under applicable laws, shareholder approval will be required for certain of
the amendments discussed below.
 
 Amendment to Increase the Maximum Number of Shares Issuable Under the Plan
 
 As adopted by the shareholders, the Stock Plan authorized the issuance of up
to two million shares of the Corporation's Common Stock (subject to certain
replenishment and anti-dilution provisions, discussed above). As of March 1,
1996, awards had been made for 1,183,623 shares of the Corporation's Common
Stock. In order for the Stock Plan to continue to provide an inventive for
highly qualified executives to serve or continue service with the Corporation,
to more closely align the interests of such officers with the shareholders,
and in order to provide stock-based compensation comparable to that offered by
other financial institutions, the Board of Directors believes that the number
of shares of the Corporation's Common Stock authorized for issuance should be
increased by four million shares, for an aggregate of six million shares
authorized for issuance under the Stock Plan (subject to the replacement and
anti-dilution provisions discussed above).
 
 Amendment to Revise Participant Award Limitations
 
 The Stock Plan currently provides that no Participant may be granted options
and SARs that are not related to an option in any calendar year for more than
30,000 shares of Common Stock (Under both the current terms of the Plan and as
proposed to be amended, an option and a related SAR are treated as a single
award.) This provision complies with Section 162(m) of the Code and related
regulations, which require that the maximum number of shares with respect to
which options or rights may be granted during a specified period be stated in
the plan in order for such compensation to be considered performance-based,
and thus subject to employer deductibility.
 
 The Stock Plan is proposed to be amended to provide that, in any calendar
year, (1) no Participant may receive awards under the Plan payable in shares
of the Corporation's Common Stock for more than 100,000 shares of
 
                                     I-21
<PAGE>
 
Common Stock, and (2) no Participant may receive awards under the Plan payable
in cash having an aggregate dollar value in excess of $300,000. This amendment
would comply with requirements of Code Section 162(m) and related regulations
that shareholders approve the material performance goal terms which describe
the maximum amount of compensation that could be paid to a participant during
a specific period (or the formula used to calculate the maximum amount).
 
 The Committee has made no decisions regarding whether any Participant will
receive the maximum Common Stock or cash awards in any given year. However,
the Committee believes that the proposed amendment to establish annual cash
and Common Stock limitations is in the best interests of the Corporation. To
the extent that Code Section 162(m) applies to compensation paid to certain
executives, it is in the best interests of the Corporation for such
compensation to be eligible for deductibility. In addition, the compensation
limitations and the proposed increase in the number of shares authorized to be
issued under the Stock Plan are intended to enable the Corporation to obtain
outstanding levels of performance from Participants who receive awards under
the Plan by serving as an incentive for excellent performance.
 
 Amendment to Provide for Grant of Performance Unit Awards
 
 As currently written, the Stock Plan provides for restricted stock awards,
performance share awards, option grants and SAR grants. (Each of these awards
is discussed above). The Stock Plan is proposed to be amended by adding
performance units as a separate type of Stock Plan award.
 
 Performance units are performance-based awards payable, in the Committee's
discretion, in shares of the Corporation's Common Stock, cash or a combination
of Common Stock and cash. At the date of grant, the Committee will establish
for each performance unit, a (1) performance target and (2) an applicable
percentage (which cannot be less than zero but which can exceed 100%) of the
value of the performance unit to be paid to the Participant based upon the
degree to which the performance target is met. A performance target is a
profitability target which serves as the basis for valuing a performance unit.
A performance target will be based on certain performance factors and criteria
as determined by the Committee, including but not limited to earnings per
share, return on equity and return on assets. A performance unit award is
earned based on the performance unit value during each of the valuation
periods (generally, a calendar year) following the date of the award. The
Committee will establish the number of valuation periods applicable to a
performance unit, which number may not be less than three. The value of a
Performance Unit equals the applicable percentage, as set by the Committee,
times the fair market value of the Common Stock on the date of grant, plus
such other nominal value as may be set by the Committee.
 
 Generally, a Participant's right to earn shares of Common Stock or cash under
a Performance Unit award will terminate if the Participant's employment with
the Corporation or a subsidiary ends for reasons other than death, legal
disability or retirement. However, a Participant will be entitled to receive
payment for awards earned in a valuation period that ended before termination.
In addition, Participants may be entitled to receive payment on a pro rated
basis based upon service during a portion of a valuation period in the event
of termination due to retirement, death or legal disability. The Amended and
Restated Stock Plan also contains certain provisions regarding performance
units, such as restrictions on transfer, that are similar to those applicable
to other types of Plan awards.
 
 Amendment to Clarify Eligibility for Incentive Stock Options
 
 The Stock Plan provides that employees of the Corporation and its
subsidiaries are eligible to participate in the Stock Plan, as well as certain
non-employees who are selected by the Committee to receive awards in
connection with mergers and acquisitions transactions. Under Code Section 422,
an ISO may be granted to employees by their employer (or its parent or
subsidiaries). The Stock Plan is proposed to be amended to clarify that,
consistent with Code Section 422 and SNC practice, ISOs may be granted only to
individuals who are employees of SNC or a subsidiary or who otherwise may be
eligible to receive awards under Code Section 422.
 
 
                                     I-22
<PAGE>
 
 Other Proposed Amendments
 
 As currently written, the Stock Plan imposes restrictions on transfer of
awards and generally restricts such transfers, except that, in the case of
Options, SARs and Performance Share awards, such awards may be transferred by
will or the laws of descent and distribution. Under the Amended and Restated
Stock Plan, transfers of options, SARs, restricted stock awards, performance
share awards and performance unit awards will be permitted as provided in the
Participant's will or under the laws of descent and distribution, and, in
addition, the Committee will have discretion to accept beneficiary
designations made by Participants. The purpose of this amendment is to
facilitate administration of the Plan by use of a beneficiary designation form
(rather than relying solely on the terms of a Participant's will or applicable
law) and to impose similar restrictions on transfer upon all types of Stock
Plan awards.
 
 In addition to the amendments discussed above, certain minor changes would be
made in the Amended and Restated Plan, such as including references to
performance units where other types of Stock Plan awards are referenced,
revising the definitions used in the Stock Plan to include terms applicable to
Performance Units, and technical changes such as punctuation.
 
 Set forth in the table below are performance unit awards made on February 27,
1996 by the Compensation Committee (subject to shareholder approval of the
amendments) for Executive Management. No other performance unit awards have
been made to any other persons. The awards are based on a target of 40% and a
maximum of 80% of base salary for the Chief Executive Officer and a target of
30% and a maximum of 60% of the base salary of all other members of Executive
Management. The target goal established is 15% return on equity for the three-
year period of 1996-1999 and the maximum goal is 18% return on equity.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      NUMBER OF
                                                       TARGET PAYOUT PERFORMANCE
                                                       DOLLAR VALUE  UNITS(/1/)
                                                       ------------- -----------
     <S>                                               <C>           <C>
     Allison..........................................   $218,434       7,664
     Chalk............................................     64,505       2,263
     Greene...........................................     65,125       2,285
     King.............................................     79,081       2,775
     Marley...........................................     60,473       2,122
     Reed.............................................     63,575       2,231
     Sperry...........................................     62,644       2,198
     Williamson.......................................    121,644       4,268
                                                         --------      ------
       Total..........................................   $735,480      25,806
</TABLE>
- --------
(1) Performance unit calculation is based on a $28.50 per share value of the
    Corporation's Common Stock.
 
 THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS RECOMMENDS A VOTE "FOR" APPROVAL OF THE AMENDED AND
RESTATED SOUTHERN NATIONAL CORPORATION 1995 OMNIBUS STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN.
 
               PROPOSAL 3--APPROVAL OF THE AMENDED AND RESTATED
                           SHORT-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN
 
 The Board of Directors proposes that the shareholders approve the 1996
Amended and Restated Southern National Corporation Short-Term Incentive Plan
("Short-Term Plan") previously adopted by the Board of Directors on February
17, 1994, and approved by the shareholders at the 1994 Annual Shareholders'
Meeting. The Board of Directors amended and restated the Short-Term Plan on
February 27, 1996, in order to conform the provisions of the Short-Term Plan
with Peat Marwick's compensation recommendations related to annual incentive
bonuses. The approval of the Amended and Restated Short-Term Plan requires the
affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the shares of common stock
present or represented by properly executed and delivered proxies at the
meeting. Abstentions and shares held in street name voted as to any matter at
the meeting will be included in determining the number of votes present or
represented at the meeting.
 
                                     I-23
<PAGE>
 
 The Short-Term Plan is being submitted for shareholder approval in order that
it can continue to qualify as performance-based compensation under Code
Section 162(m). All future short-term incentive awards will be made under the
Short-Term Plan.
 
 The Board of Directors believes that the Short-Term Plan will benefit the
Corporation by: (i) assisting it in recruiting and retaining officers and key
employees with ability and initiative, and (ii) providing greater incentive
for officers and key employees.
 
 The following paragraph summarizes the more significant features of the
Short-Term Plan. This summary is subject, in all respects, to the terms of the
Short-Term Plan. The Corporation will provide promptly, upon request and
without charge, a copy of the full text of the Short-Term Plan to each person
to whom a copy of this Proxy Statement is delivered. Requests should be
directed to: Jerone C. Herring, Secretary, Southern National Corporation, 200
West Second Street, Winston-Salem, North Carolina 27101.
 
 The Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors will administer the
Short-Term Plan. The Compensation Committee will select the employees who will
participate in the Short-Term Plan, determine the performance goals
established for a given fiscal year and certify payouts in accordance with
results achieved. Senior officers of the Corporation and its affiliated
corporations are eligible to participate in the Short-Term Plan.
 
 The Short-Term Plan provides cash awards to participants based on the
achievement of performance goals established by the Compensation Committee.
Awards are based on corporate performance, business unit/function performance,
individual performance or any combination of such types of performance.
Corporate performance is determined primarily on the attainment of earnings
per share goals and return on asset goals. Business unit/function performance
is determined primarily on the attainment of financial or non-financial goals,
growth and market share. Individual performance is determined primarily on the
attainment of such business criteria as process improvement, sales, loan
growth, deposit growth and expense management. However, in any given year, the
Compensation Committee may select other performance measures. The size of the
cash awards will be determined by establishing target incentive awards
expressed as a percentage of base salary up to a maximum amount established by
the Compensation Committee. Such percentages initially may not exceed 60% of
base salary and will be established annually by the Compensation Committee.
The target incentive award for a participant will be equal to 100% of the
participant's targeted incentive awards. Actual awards are subject to increase
or decrease on the basis of the level of the participant's achievement of the
performance goals and can range from 25% to 200% of the participant's targeted
incentive awards. The goals established will be based on the Corporation's
budgeted earnings, industry standards and other similar factors. The extent to
which the goals are attained will be annually determined by the Compensation
Committee.
 
 Each payment of a cash award will be from the general funds of the
Corporation. No special or separate fund will be established. The Board of
Directors will have the power to amend the Short-Term Plan, or to suspend or
terminate the Short-Term Plan in whole or in part.
 
 Neither the number of participants in the Short-Term Plan nor the size of the
cash awards to be made under the Short-Term Plan can be determined at this
time.
 
 THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS RECOMMENDS A VOTE "FOR" APPROVAL OF THE SHORT-TERM
INCENTIVE PLAN.
 
              PROPOSAL 4--RATIFICATION OF ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP AS
                               AUDITORS FOR 1995
 
 The Audit Committee of the Board of Directors has reappointed the firm of
Arthur Andersen LLP as independent auditors to examine the books of the
Corporation and subsidiaries for the year 1996, and to report on the
consolidated balance sheets, statements of income and other related statements
of the Corporation and subsidiaries. Arthur Andersen LLP has served as
independent auditors for the Corporation continuously since 1966.
Representatives of Arthur Andersen LLP are expected to be present at the
Annual Meeting and will be available to respond to questions posed by the
shareholders.
 
                                     I-24
<PAGE>
 
 THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS RECOMMENDS A VOTE "FOR" APPROVAL OF THE PROPOSAL TO
RATIFY ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP AS THE CORPORATION'S AUDITORS FOR 1995.
 
                          ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K
 
  The Corporation is furnishing to each person solicited a copy of its Annual
Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1995, as filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission. Exhibits to such Form 10-K are not
included, but the exhibits may be requested and a reasonable expense may be
charged for the furnishing of exhibits to the Form 10-K. Such request should
be addressed to Scott E. Reed, Senior Executive Vice President and Chief
Financial Officer, 200 West Second Street, Winston-Salem, North Carolina
27101.
 
                       PROPOSALS FOR 1997 ANNUAL MEETING
 
 Under regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, any shareholder
desiring to make a proposal to be acted upon at the 1997 annual meeting of
shareholders must present such proposal to the Corporation at its principal
office in Winston-Salem, North Carolina by November 19, 1996 for the proposal
to be considered for inclusion in the Corporation's proxy statement.
 
 In addition to any other applicable requirements, for business to be properly
brought before the annual meeting by a shareholder even if the proposal is not
to be included in the Corporation's proxy statement, the Corporation's bylaws
provide that the shareholder must give timely notice in writing to the
Secretary of the Company at least 60 days prior to the date one year from the
date of the immediately preceding annual meeting. As to each matter, the
notice must contain (i) a brief description of the business desired to be
brought before the annual meeting, (ii) the name, record address of, and class
and number of shares beneficially owned by, the shareholder proposing such
business and (iii) any material interest of the shareholder in such business.
 
                                OTHER BUSINESS
 
 The Board of Directors knows of no other matter to come before the Annual
Meeting of Shareholders. However, if any other matter requiring a vote of the
shareholders should arise, it is the intention of the persons named in the
accompanying proxy to vote such proxy in accordance with their best judgment.
 
                                          By Order of the Board of Directors

                                          /s/ John A. Allison IV

                                          John A. Allison IV
                                          Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
 
Dated: March 18, 1996
 
                                     I-25
<PAGE>
 
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                                 UNITED STATES
 
                      SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                            WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
 
                               ----------------
                                   FORM 10-K
 
                ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(D) 
                    OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
 
                          FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED:
 
                               DECEMBER 31, 1995
 
                        COMMISSION FILE NUMBER: 1-10853
 
                               ----------------
                         SOUTHERN NATIONAL CORPORATION
            (EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)
 
            NORTH CAROLINA                           56-0939887
       (STATE OF INCORPORATION)         (I.R.S. EMPLOYER IDENTIFICATION NO.)
 
        200 WEST SECOND STREET                          27101
     WINSTON-SALEM, NORTH CAROLINA                   (ZIP CODE)
    (ADDRESS OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE
               OFFICES)
 
                               ----------------
 
                                (910) 733-2000
             (REGISTRANT'S TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA CODE)
 
                               ----------------
 
               SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(B) 
                    OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934:
 
                                           NAME OF EACH EXCHANGE  ON WHICH
           TITLE OF EACH CLASS                       REGISTERED
  ------------------------------------    ---------------------------------- 
      COMMON STOCK, $5 PAR VALUE               NEW YORK STOCK EXCHANGE
  DEPOSITARY SHARES, STATED VALUE $25          NEW YORK STOCK EXCHANGE
 
  Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item
405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to
the best of Registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information
statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any
amendments to this Form 10-K. [ ]
 
  Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports
required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the
Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to
such filing requirements for the past 90 days.
                               Yes  [X]     No   [ ]
 
  The aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of the
Registrant at January 31, 1996 was approximately $2.9 billion. The number of
shares of the Registrant's Common Stock outstanding on January 31, 1996 was
100,997,127.
 
  Portions of the Proxy Statement of Registrant for the Annual Meeting of
Shareholders to be held on April 23, 1996, are incorporated in Part III of
this Report.
 
                This Form 10-K has 75 pages excluding exhibits.
 
                The Exhibit Index begins following page II-75.
 
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                                     II-1
<PAGE>
 
                             CROSS REFERENCE INDEX
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   PAGE
                                                           --------------------
 <C>      <C>     <S>                                      <C>
 PART I    Item 1 Business..............................           II-4
           Item 2 Properties............................       II-19, II-57
           Item 3 Legal Proceedings.....................          II-66
           Item 4 Submission of Matters to a Vote of
                   Shareholders.........................           II-2
                  There has been no submission of
                   matters to a vote of shareholders
                   during the quarter ended December 31,
                   1995.
 PART II   Item 5 Market for the Registrant's Common
                   Stock and Related Shareholder        
                   Matters..............................   II-13, II-14, II-36,
                                                               II-38, II-46     
           Item 6 Selected Financial Data...............          II-41
           Item 7 Management's Discussion and Analysis
                   of Financial Condition and Results of
                   Operations...........................          II-20
           Item 8 Financial Statements and Supplementary
                   Data.................................          II-40
                  Consolidated Balance Sheets at
                   December 31, 1995 and 1994...........          II-44
                  Consolidated Statements of Income for
                   each of the years in the three-year
                   period ended December 31, 1995.......          II-45
                  Consolidated Statements of Changes in
                   Shareholders' Equity for each of the
                   years in the three-year period ended
                   December 31, 1995....................          II-46
                  Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
                   for each of the years in the three-
                   year period ended December 31, 1995..          II-47
                  Notes to Consolidated Financial
                   Statements...........................          II-48
                  Report of Independent Public
                   Accountants..........................          II-43
                  Quarterly Financial Summary of 1995
                   and 1994.............................          II-40
           Item 9 There have been no disagreements with
                   accountants on accounting and
                   financial disclosures.
 PART III Item 10 Directors and Executive Officers of
                   the Registrant.......................            *
          Item 11 Executive Compensation................            *
          Item 12 Security Ownership of Certain
                   Beneficial Owners and Management.....            *
          Item 13 Certain Relationships and Related
                   Transactions.........................            *
</TABLE>
 
 
                                      II-2
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 <C>     <C>     <S>
 PART IV Item 14 Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules and Reports on 
                  Form 8-K
          (a)(1) Financial Statements (See Item 8 for reference).
             (2) Financial Statement Schedules normally required on Form 10-K
                  are omitted since they are not applicable.
             (3) Exhibits have been filed separately with the Commission and
                  are available upon written request.
          (b)    Southern National Corporation ("Southern National") filed a
                  Form 8-K under Item 5 on February 24, 1995, which included
                  consolidated financial statements for BB&T Financial
                  Corporation ("BB&T") as of December 31, 1993, and pro forma
                  condensed financial information relating to Southern
                  National's merger with BB&T. Southern National filed a Form
                  8-K under Item 5 on February 24, 1995, which included the
                  consolidated financial statements of Commerce Bank
                  ("Commerce") as of September 30, 1994. Southern National
                  filed a Form 8-K under Item 2 on March 14, 1995, to report
                  the completion of the merger of the bank holding companies of
                  BB&T and Southern National, effective February 28, 1995. A
                  Form 8-K/A was subsequently filed on May 15, 1995, to amend
                  this Form 8-K in order to file BB&T's 1994 audited financial
                  statements, as well as related pro forma statements including
                  Southern National and Commerce. A second amendment on Form 8-
                  K/A dated May 22, 1995 was filed to update the information
                  filed on May 15, 1995. A third amendment on Form 8-K/A was
                  filed on August 4, 1995 to further update the pro forma
                  financial information included in the previous filings. A
                  Form 8-K was filed under Item 5 on May 24, 1995, to place the
                  1994 Summary Annual Report on file with the Securities and
                  Exchange Commission. On June 30, 1995, Southern National
                  filed a Current Report on Form 8-K under Item 5 to restate
                  the December 31, 1994 Form 10-K for the mergers with Commerce
                  and BB&T. On August 3, 1995, Southern National filed a Form
                  8-K under Item 5 to report the results of operations and
                  financial condition as of June 30, 1995. On October 19, 1995,
                  Southern National filed a Form 8-K under Item 5 to report the
                  results of operations and financial condition as of September
                  30, 1995. On January 22, 1996, Southern National filed a Form
                  8-K under Item 5 to report the results of operations and
                  financial condition as of December 31, 1995.
</TABLE>
- --------
* Information is incorporated by reference to Registrant's Proxy Statement 
  for the 1996 Annual Meeting of Shareholders filed as an exhibit to this 
  Form 10-K.
 
                                     II-3
<PAGE>
 
                                   BUSINESS
 
GENERAL
 
  Southern National Corporation ("Southern National" or the "Corporation" or
the "Company") is a multi-bank holding company headquartered in Winston-Salem,
North Carolina. Southern National conducts its operations in North Carolina,
South Carolina and Virginia primarily through its commercial banking
subsidiaries and, to a lesser extent, through its other subsidiaries.
Substantially all of Southern National's loans are to businesses and
individuals in the Carolinas. Southern National has no material amount of
foreign loans and no loans that can be defined as highly-leveraged
transactions. The principal assets of Southern National are all of the
outstanding shares of common stock of Branch Banking and Trust Company,
Winston-Salem, North Carolina; BB&T Financial Corporation of South Carolina,
Greenville, South Carolina, which in turn owns all the outstanding shares of
Branch Banking and Trust Company of South Carolina, Greenville, South
Carolina; BB&T Financial Corporation of Virginia, which in turn owns all the
outstanding shares of Commerce Bank; and Unified Investors Life Insurance
Company.
 
 Subsidiaries
 
  Branch Banking and Trust Company ("BB&T-NC"), Southern National's largest
subsidiary, is the oldest bank in North Carolina and currently operates
through 317 banking offices throughout North Carolina. BB&T-NC focuses on
providing a wide range of banking services in its local market for retail and
commercial customers, including small and mid-size businesses, public agencies
and local governments, trust customers and individuals. BB&T Leasing Corp., a
wholly-owned subsidiary of BB&T-NC, located in Charlotte, North Carolina,
offers lease financing to commercial businesses and municipal governments.
BB&T Investment Services, Inc., also a wholly-owned subsidiary of BB&T-NC
located in Wilson, North Carolina, offers customers investment alternatives,
including discount brokerage services, fixed-rate and variable-rate annuities,
mutual funds and government and municipal bonds. BB&T-NC has numerous
additional subsidiaries, including BB&T Insurance Services, Inc., located in
Raleigh, North Carolina, which offers life and property and casualty insurance
on an agency basis, Goddard Technology Corporation, which engages in the
design and production of imaging and security devices and programs, and Prime
Rate Premium Finance Corporation, Inc., which provides insurance premium
financing and services to customers in Virginia and the Carolinas.
 
  BB&T of South Carolina ("BB&T-SC") serves South Carolina through 103 banking
offices. BB&T-SC focuses on providing a wide range of banking services in its
local market for retail and commercial customers, including small and mid-size
businesses, public agencies, local governments, trust customers and
individuals. BB&T-SC's subsidiaries include BB&T Investment Services of South
Carolina, Inc., which is licensed as a general broker/dealer of securities and
is currently engaged in retailing of mutual funds, U.S. Government securities,
municipal securities, fixed and variable insurance annuity products and unit
investment trusts.
 
  Commerce Bank of Virginia Beach, Virginia ("Commerce"), acquired on January
10, 1995 by BB&T prior to merger with Southern National, operates 21 banking
offices in the Hampton Roads Region of Virginia. Commerce offers a full range
of commercial and retail banking services and provides Southern National with
a strong initial presence in Virginia.
 
  Southern National's other significant active subsidiary, Unified Investors
Life Insurance Company ("Unified"), is a reinsurer and underwriter of certain
credit life and credit accident and health insurance policies written by a
non-affiliated insurance company in connection with loans made by the bank
subsidiaries.
 
                                     II-4
<PAGE>
 
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                                    TABLE 1
                    SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA OF SUBSIDIARIES
          AS OF/FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995, 1994 AND 1993
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                      BB&T-NC                           BB&T-SC                        COMMERCE
                        ----------------------------------- --------------------------------  --------------------------
                           1995        1994        1993        1995       1994       1993       1995     1994     1993
                        ----------- ----------- ----------- ---------- ---------- ----------  -------- -------- --------
                                                                 (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                     <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>        <C>        <C>         <C>      <C>      <C>
Total assets........... $15,991,534 $15,245,447 $13,302,191 $3,818,547 $4,084,659 $3,904,893  $737,462 $700,343 $689,630
Securities.............   4,236,682   4,088,564   3,713,066    942,193  1,064,061    994,397   154,358  187,461  247,175
Loans and leases, net
 of unearned income*...  10,599,611   9,922,471   8,551,758  2,703,600  2,725,868  2,611,304   505,767  450,798  378,258
Deposits...............  11,544,525  10,925,196  10,189,091  2,923,981  2,956,733  3,097,767   669,000  628,750  634,141
Shareholder's equity...   1,111,680   1,104,458   1,056,798    360,262    303,058    193,742    60,734   47,865   43,589
Net interest income....     555,765     549,231     499,179    153,669    157,550    152,030    31,231   28,863   26,264
Provision for loan and
 lease losses..........      24,772       8,004      24,603      4,718      7,241     25,173     1,910    2,600    2,825
Noninterest income.....     198,122     183,862     172,929     55,094     44,432     39,967     4,650    8,793   10,655
Noninterest expense....     528,477     446,902     425,056    114,915    120,929    211,706    25,965   24,832   23,706
Net income (loss)......     136,016     183,240     142,277     58,566     47,109    (61,464)    4,853    7,011    6,551
</TABLE>
- --------
* Includes loans held for sale.
 
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 Acquisitions
 
  Profitability and market share have been enhanced through both internal
growth and acquisitions during recent years. Specifically, expansion has been
enhanced both by the acquisition of financial institutions (including thrift
institutions) and the purchase of deposits and assets from the Resolution
Trust Corporation in federally-assisted transactions.
 
  During the three years ended December 31, 1995, Southern National completed
several mergers and acquisitions of thrift institutions and financial services
companies. On February 28, 1995, Southern National merged with BB&T Financial
Corporation ("BB&T"), a multi-bank holding company with $11.0 billion in total
assets. Each BB&T shareholder received 1.45 shares of Southern National common
stock for each share of BB&T common stock held. A total of 57.9 million shares
of Southern National common stock was issued in conjunction with the merger.
 
 Competition
 
  The banking industry is highly competitive and dramatic change continues to
occur. The banking subsidiaries of Southern National compete actively with
national and state banks, savings and loan associations, securities dealers,
mortgage bankers, finance companies and insurance companies. Competition for
deposits continues to grow as depositors move their funds to nontraditional
financial institutions.
 
MARKET AREA
 
  Southern National's primary market area consists of North Carolina, South
Carolina and Virginia. These states continue to support one of the most
dynamic and fastest growing economies in the nation. The area's employment
base is diverse, consisting of manufacturing industries, service,
wholesale/retail, strong financial centers and agricultural enterprises. Among
the primary area industries in which Southern National has significant
commercial lending relationships are textiles, furniture and health care. With
modern infrastructures and extensive educational systems, Southern National's
current market area is adequate to support consistent growth in assets and
deposits in the future. Even so, management expects to continue to employ
aggressive growth strategies, including possible expansion into neighboring
states. The current market area includes numerous small communities that
Southern National seeks to serve. Management believes that maintaining a
community bank approach as asset size and available services grow will
strengthen the Corporation's ability to successfully move into new states and
communities and successfully be the bank of choice for small to mid-sized
commercial customers in these areas.
 
                                     II-5
<PAGE>
 
LENDING ACTIVITIES
 
  The primary goal of the Southern National lending function is to help
customers achieve their financial goals and secure their financial futures.
This purpose can best be accomplished by building strong, profitable customer
relationships over time, with the Southern National becoming an important
contributor to the prosperity and well-being of our customers. Southern
National's philosophy of lending is to attempt to meet all legitimate business
and consumer credit needs within defined market segments where standards of
safety, profitability and liquidity can be met.
 
  Southern National focuses lending efforts on small to intermediate
commercial and industrial loans, one-to-four family residential mortgage loans
and other consumer loans. Typically, fixed-rate mortgage loans are sold in the
secondary mortgage market and adjustable-rate mortgages are retained for the
portfolio. Loan growth typically follows economic cycles and has been strong
during 1995, primarily in the mortgage category. Management's lending strategy
is to establish market share in strategic cities and develop customer
relationships by providing quality products and services to the customer base.
Once the relationship is established, management focuses on small business
lending and retail banking through the branches to generate additional growth.
During 1995, management's lending focus changed from an emphasis on
competitive pricing of loans to an emphasis on marketing loan products from a
quality perspective. During the merger of Southern National and BB&T, pricing
strategies surrounding loans and deposits were very competitive in order to
protect current market positions and retain customer relationships. However,
market research performed during and after the merger identified quality
service as the primary concern of borrowers.
 
  It is Southern National's intention to conduct lending activities in the
context of the Corporation's community bank focus, with decentralized lending
decisions made as close to the customer as practicable.
 
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                    TABLE 2
                   COMPOSITION OF LOAN AND LEASE PORTFOLIO*
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                DECEMBER 31,
                         ----------------------------------------------------------
                            1995        1994        1993        1992        1991
                         ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------
                                           (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                      <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
Loans--
 Commercial, financial
  and agricultural...... $ 2,098,306 $ 2,679,046 $ 2,031,561 $ 1,868,658 $1,783,219
 Real estate--construc-
  tion and land develop-
  ment..................     949,513     701,181     702,108     592,267    643,890
 Real estate--mortgage..   8,671,941   7,787,792   7,114,136   5,947,434  5,403,192
 Consumer...............   1,540,251   1,553,906   1,523,281   1,473,526  1,477,479
                         ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------
  Loans held for invest-
   ment.................  13,260,011  12,721,925  11,371,086   9,881,885  9,307,780
  Loans held for sale...     245,280     136,855     682,097     426,281    262,842
                         ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------
   Total loans..........  13,505,291  12,858,780  12,053,183  10,308,166  9,570,622
Leases..................     376,152     304,544     225,312     170,358    122,394
                         ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------
  Total loans and
   leases............... $13,881,443 $13,163,324 $12,278,495 $10,478,524 $9,693,016
                         =========== =========== =========== =========== ==========
</TABLE>
- --------
* Balances are gross of unearned income.
 
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 One-to-Four Family Residential Mortgage Lending
 
  Southern National engages in mortgage loan originations by offering fixed-
and adjustable-rate government and conventional loans for the purpose of
constructing, purchasing or refinancing owner-occupied properties. As
mentioned above, the Corporation usually retains adjustable-rate loans for the
portfolio and sells fixed-rate loans and government loans within the secondary
mortgage market. Servicing rights on loans sold are typically retained by
Southern National. Loans are generally offered in amounts up to 95% of the
appraised value of the collateral
 
                                     II-6
<PAGE>
 
for terms up to 30 years based on the qualifications of the borrower. Except
in the "Community Reinvestment Act" program discussed below, private mortgage
insurance is required in an amount sufficient to reduce Southern National's
exposure to less than 80% of the loan-to-value ratio. Pricing for mortgage
loans is established to be highly-competitive with area lenders. Southern
National does not originate loans with negative amortization. Risks associated
with the residential lending function include interest rate risk, which is
mitigated through the sale of substantially all fixed-rate loans, and default
risk by the borrower, which is lessened through underwriting procedures and
private mortgage insurance. Southern National also purchases mortgage loans
through various correspondents and subjects them to the same underwriting and
investment strategies as loans originated through the branch delivery system.
 
  The Corporation also offers, as part of its Community Reinvestment Act
("CRA") program, more flexible underwriting criteria to broaden the
availability of mortgage loans in the communities Southern National serves.
CRA loans are available at loan-to-value ratios up to 97% for households with
incomes up to a specified percentage of county median incomes. Such loans do
not require private mortgage insurance. These loans are retained in the
portfolio since they do not meet the necessary requirements to be sold in the
secondary mortgage market at the time of origination.
 
 Commercial Lending
 
  Southern National's commercial lending program is generally targeted to
serve small to middle-market businesses with sales of $250 million or less,
although in-house limits do allow lending to larger customers, including
national customers who have some reasonable business connections with the
banks' geographically-served markets. Commercial lending includes commercial,
financial, agricultural, industrial and real estate loans. Pricing on
commercial loans, driven largely by competition, is usually tied to the prime
rate.
 
 Construction Lending
 
  Real estate construction loans include 12 month contract housing loans which
are intended to convert to permanent one-to-four family residential mortgage
loans upon completion of the construction. These loans have terms and options
similar to residential mortgage loans and allow a rate to be "locked in" by
the borrower during the 12 month construction period. The loans also allow a
"float down" option once during the term of the construction loan. Such loans
are priced higher than other residential mortgage loans because of the added
"float down" risk and the shorter term of the loan.
 
  Southern National also originates commercial construction loans. These loans
are usually to in-market developers, businesses, individuals or real estate
investors for the construction of commercial structures in the Corporation's
market area, including, but not limited to, industrial facilities, apartments,
shopping centers, office buildings, hotels and warehouses. The properties may
be for sale, lease or owner-occupancy. The Corporation generally requires the
borrower to make a commitment to "take-out" the construction loan and
typically requires significant levels of pre-sales, preleasing or, in the case
of owner-occupied properties, that the owner has adequate resources to repay
the debt. Generally, these loans carry floating interest rates tied to the
Corporation's prime interest rate or some other similar index, and range in
term from six to eighteen months.
 
 Consumer Lending
 
  Southern National offers various consumer loan products. Both secured and
unsecured loans are marketed to existing clients and to any other creditworthy
candidates. Standard Home Equity Loans and Lines are underwritten with note
amounts and credit limits that ensure consistency with the banks' loan-to-
value policy (80% for consumer loans secured by real estate). Numerous forms
of unsecured loans, including revolving credits (bankcards, DDA overdraft
protection and personal lines of credit) are provided and various installment
loan products, including vehicle loans, are offered. Pricing of such loans is
based, to a great degree, on in-market competition. Closed-end installment
loans are usually priced as fixed-rate simple interest loans, while most
revolving products are priced with variable rates.
 
 
                                     II-7
<PAGE>
 
 Leasing
 
  Southern National provides leasing products and services in North and South
Carolina through Southern National Leasing Corp. ("Leasing"). Since Leasing is
a separate subsidiary, it is not restricted to North and South Carolina to
obtain business. Leasing provides three primary products: finance or capital
leases, true leases (as defined under the Internal Revenue Code) and other
operating leases. Leasing is primarily involved in commercial leasing. Leasing
provides products and services for small to medium-sized commercial customers
primarily in Southern National's market area. Such products include vehicles,
rolling stock and tangible personal property. Leasing also solicits business
from municipal customers and is seeking to augment the existing customer base
with larger commercial customers. For the twenty year history with Southern
National, the sales effort of Leasing has been directed at fleet leasing. The
mix of vehicle and equipment leases has remained approximately 75% vehicle to
25% equipment.
 
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                    TABLE 3
              SELECTED LOAN MATURITIES AND INTEREST SENSITIVITY*
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    DECEMBER 31, 1995
                                           ------------------------------------
                                           COMMERCIAL,
                                            FINANCIAL
                                               AND      REAL ESTATE:
                                           AGRICULTURAL CONSTRUCTION   TOTAL
                                           ------------ ------------ ----------
                                                  (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                        <C>          <C>          <C>
Fixed rate:
  1 year or less (2)......................  $  164,088    $144,136   $  308,224
  1-5 years...............................     265,436      74,252      339,688
  After 5 years...........................      53,087         --        53,087
                                            ----------    --------   ----------
    Total.................................     482,611     218,388      700,999
                                            ----------    --------   ----------
Variable rate:
  1 year or less (2)......................     759,377     482,543    1,241,920
  1-5 years...............................     775,534     248,582    1,024,116
  After 5 years...........................      80,784         --        80,784
                                            ----------    --------   ----------
    Total.................................   1,615,695     731,125    2,346,820
                                            ----------    --------   ----------
      Total loans and leases (1)..........  $2,098,306    $949,513   $3,047,819
                                            ==========    ========   ==========
</TABLE>
- --------
* Balances are gross of unearned income.
 
(1) The table excludes:
 
<TABLE>
     <C>   <S>                                                     <C>
     (i)   consumer loans to individuals for household, family
            and other personal expenditures......................  $ 1,540,251
     (ii)  real estate mortgage loans............................    8,671,941
     (iii) loans held for sale...................................      245,280
     (iv)  leases................................................      376,152
                                                                   -----------
                                                                   $10,833,624
                                                                   ===========
</TABLE>
(2) Includes loans due on demand.
 
  Scheduled repayments are reported in the maturity category in which the
payment is due. Determinations of maturities are based upon contract terms.
Southern National's credit policy does not permit automatic renewals of loans.
At the scheduled maturity date (including balloon payment date), the customer
must request a new loan to replace the matured loan and execute a new note
with rate, terms and conditions renegotiated at that time.
 
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                                     II-8
<PAGE>
 
NONACCRUAL LOANS AND LEASES
 
  It is Southern National's policy to place commercial loans and leases on
nonaccrual status when full collection of principal and interest becomes
doubtful, or when any portion of principal or interest becomes 90 days past
due, whichever occurs first. When loans are placed on nonaccrual status,
interest receivable is reversed against interest income in the current period.
Interest payments received thereafter are applied as a reduction to the
remaining principal balance so long as concern exists as to the ultimate
collection of the principal. Loans and leases are removed from nonaccrual
status when they become current as to both principal and interest and when the
collectibility of principal or interest is no longer doubtful.
 
  Mortgage loans and other consumer loans are also placed on nonaccrual status
when full collection of principal and interest becomes doubtful, but they are
subject to longer periods of time before they are automatically placed on
nonaccrual. This period of time varies for different types of consumer loans.
 
ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN AND LEASE LOSSES
 
  The allowance for loan and lease losses is established through a provision
for loan and lease losses based on management's evaluation of the risk
inherent in the loan portfolio and changes in the nature and volume of loan
activity. This evaluation, which includes a review of loans for which full
collectibility may not be reasonably assured, considers the loans' risk
grades, the estimated fair value of the underlying collateral, economic
conditions, historical loan loss experience and other factors that warrant
consideration in providing for an adequate reserve. Southern National utilizes
ten "risk grades" to determine the repayment capacity of borrowers. Southern
National's objective is to maintain a loan portfolio that is diverse in terms
of loan type, industry concentration, geographic distribution and borrower
concentration in order to reduce overall credit risk by minimizing the adverse
impact of any single event or combination of related events. Although
management believes that the best information available is used to determine
the adequacy of the allowance, the nature of the process by which management
determines the appropriate allowance for credit losses requires the exercise
of considerable judgment. Unforeseen market conditions could result in
adjustments in the allowance which would affect earnings. Future additions to
Southern National's allowance will be the result of periodic loan, property
and collateral reviews as well as projected changes in overall economic and
real estate markets.
 
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                                    TABLE 4
                       ALLOCATION OF RESERVE BY CATEGORY
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                DECEMBER 31,
                          -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                1995              1994              1993               1992             1991
                          ----------------- ----------------- ----------------- ----------------- -----------------
                                   % LOANS           % LOANS           % LOANS           % LOANS           % LOANS
                                   IN EACH           IN EACH           IN EACH           IN EACH           IN EACH
                           AMOUNT  CATEGORY  AMOUNT  CATEGORY  AMOUNT  CATEGORY  AMOUNT  CATEGORY  AMOUNT  CATEGORY
                          -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
                                                           (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                       <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>
Balance at end of period
 applicable to:
 Commercial, financial
  and agricultural......  $ 27,824    15%   $ 35,869    20%   $ 44,018    17%   $ 31,036    18%   $ 26,049    18%
Real estate:
 Construction and land
  development...........    13,443     7      10,874     5      12,311     6      10,260     5      10,352     7
 Mortgage...............    76,079    64      63,186    61      63,996    63      50,444    61      37,168    59
                          --------   ---    --------   ---    --------   ---    --------   ---    --------   ---
 Real estate--total.....    89,522    71      74,060    66      76,307    69      60,704    66      47,520    66
                          --------   ---    --------   ---    --------   ---    --------   ---    --------   ---
Consumer................    23,824    11      23,444    12      23,138    12      20,621    14      25,279    15
Leases..................     3,443     3         906     2       1,218     2       1,313     2       1,610     1
Unallocated.............    27,545            37,455            24,664            21,910            15,511
                          --------   ---    --------   ---    --------   ---    --------   ---    --------   ---
 Total..................  $172,158   100%   $171,734   100%   $169,345   100%   $135,584   100%   $115,969   100%
                          ========   ===    ========   ===    ========   ===    ========   ===    ========   ===
</TABLE>
 
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                                     II-9
<PAGE>
 
  The following table sets forth information with respect to Southern
National's allowance for loan and lease losses for the most recent five years.
 
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                                    TABLE 5
              COMPOSITION OF ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN AND LEASE LOSSES
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 DECEMBER 31,
                          --------------------------------------------------------------
                             1995         1994         1993         1992         1991
                          -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------
                                            (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                       <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
Balance, beginning of
 period.................  $   171,734  $   169,345  $   137,400  $   116,221  $   87,457
                          -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------
 Charge-offs:
  Commercial, financial
   and agricultural.....      (10,151)     (10,759)     (23,912)     (27,131)    (29,575)
  Real estate...........       (9,993)      (6,694)      (7,502)     (10,796)     (9,726)
  Consumer..............      (21,717)     (11,971)     (13,433)     (18,129)    (19,519)
  Lease receivables.....         (614)        (646)        (771)      (1,428)     (1,308)
                          -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------
   Total charge-offs....      (42,475)     (30,070)     (45,618)     (57,484)    (60,128)
                          -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------
 Recoveries:
  Commercial, financial
   and agricultural.....        4,177        6,770        5,892        3,872       2,347
  Real estate...........        2,567        2,308        1,261        3,340         789
  Consumer..............        4,360        4,122        3,640        2,901       2,381
  Lease receivables.....          395          294          149          188         116
                          -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------
   Total recoveries.....       11,499       13,494       10,942       10,301       5,633
                          -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------
Net charge-offs.........      (30,976)     (16,576)     (34,676)     (47,183)    (54,495)
                          -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------
 Provision charged to
  expense...............       31,400       17,846       53,311       62,871      75,844
                          -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------
 Allowance of loans
  acquired in purchase
  transactions..........          --         1,119       13,310        3,675       7,163
                          -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------
Balance, end of period..  $   172,158  $   171,734  $   169,345  $   135,584  $  115,969
                          ===========  ===========  ===========  ===========  ==========
Average loans and       
 leases*................  $13,640,565  $12,360,633  $11,177,299  $10,149,563  $9,187,287
Net charge-offs as a
 percentage of average
 loans and leases.......         0.23%        0.13%        0.31%        0.46%       0.59%
                          ===========  ===========  ===========  ===========  ==========
</TABLE>
- --------
* Loans and leases are net of unearned income and include loans held for sale.
 
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
NONPERFORMING ASSETS
 
  Nonperforming assets include nonaccrual loans and leases and foreclosed
property. Southern National directs significant energy to maintaining low
levels of nonperforming assets and works quickly with delinquent borrowers to
resolve problems. Loans are considered delinquent in most cases the first day
after payment is due. After a loan has been delinquent for ten days, Southern
National mails a reminder notice to borrowers, and if the borrower does not
contact a collection officer, late charges are assessed on the sixteenth day
after the due date. Numerous attempts to work with the borrower to establish a
repayment plan are made throughout the delinquent period of the loan. When a
commercial loan becomes 90 days past due, the loan is placed on nonaccrual
status. For mortgage and most consumer loans, the period of time before a
delinquent loan is placed on nonaccrual status varies, as discussed above. In
some cases, loans may be placed on nonaccrual status earlier based on specific
circumstances surrounding the loan. If the collection of principal and/or
interest becomes doubtful at any time during the collection process, the loan
is placed on nonaccrual status. Every effort is made to reach an agreement on
payment with the borrower. If it becomes necessary to foreclose on loans,
acquired assets are quickly sold to minimize the cost of carrying such assets.
 
                                     II-10
<PAGE>
 
INVESTMENT ACTIVITIES
 
  Southern National maintains a portion of its assets as investment
securities. Banks are allowed to purchase, sell, deal in and hold certain
investment securities as prescribed by regulations. These investments include
all obligations of the U.S. Treasury, agencies of the Federal government,
obligations of any state or political subdivision, various types of corporate
debt, mutual funds, limited equity securities and certain derivative
securities.
 
  Investment portfolio activities are governed internally by a written, board-
approved investment policy. Investment policy is carried out by the
Corporation's Asset and Liability Committee ("ALCO") which meets regularly to
review the economic environment, assess current activities for appropriateness
and establish investment strategies. The ALCO also has much broader
responsibilities which are discussed in the section "Asset/Liability
Management" of "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations."
 
  The Corporation maintains its investment portfolio in accordance with the
Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 115, "Accounting for Certain Investments in
Debt and Equity Securities." This statement established accounting procedures
consistent with the intent to hold securities until maturity, to hold
securities in an available-for-sale capacity or to trade securities.
 
  Investment strategies are established by the ALCO in consideration of the
interest rate cycle, mix of the balance sheet, actual and anticipated loan
demand, funding opportunities and the overall interest rate sensitivity of the
Corporation. In general, the investment portfolio is managed in a manner
appropriate to the attainment of the following goals: (i) to provide a
sufficient margin of liquid assets and liabilities to cover unanticipated
deposit and loan fluctuations, seasonal funds flow variations and overall
funds management objectives; (ii) to provide eligible securities to secure
public funds and trust deposits as prescribed by law; and (iii) to earn the
maximum return on funds invested that is commensurate with meeting the
requirements of (i) and (ii).
 
  Within the overall context of the primary purposes of portfolio management
as just described, investment strategy during 1995 was established and
continually adjusted within an environment of stable short-term interest rates
since the second quarter.
 
  At December 31, 1995, the investment portfolio represented 26% of the total
assets of the Corporation. That percentage is somewhat higher than historical
norms for the Corporation. During the past four years, investment securities
have increased as a percentage of total assets. Management has judged overall
liquidity and interest rate sensitivity to be adequate to allow the growth of
both the investment and loan portfolios during that time. It is anticipated
that the opportunities that permitted the growth of both portfolios will not
be present in the immediate future, and, as a result, management has begun to
allow the investment portfolio to decline as a percentage of total assets
toward more historical norms.
 
  As has been the case for the past several years, investment activity during
1995 was centered on obligations of the U.S. Treasury and Federal agencies.
U.S. Treasury and Federal agencies comprised 94% of the total book value of
the portfolio at year end. The value of these securities from return and
quality perspectives made them relatively more attractive than other types of
investments. Emphasis continued to be placed on short and intermediate-term
maturities, balancing reasonable stability between liquidity and yield. The
average maturity of the entire portfolio at December 31, 1995 was 3 years
compared to 4 years at December 31, 1994. Table 11--"Securities" shows the
maturity distribution by category of Southern National's investment portfolio
at December 31, 1995.
 
  During the fourth quarter of 1995, Southern National transferred $1.5
billion of securities classified as held to maturity into the securities
available-for-sale category. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations" for additional discussion of
this transaction.
 
 
                                     II-11
<PAGE>
 
  The following table provides information regarding the composition of
Southern National's securities portfolio.
 
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                                    TABLE 6
                      COMPOSITION OF SECURITIES PORTFOLIO
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        DECEMBER 31,
                                              --------------------------------
                                                 1995       1994       1993
                                              ---------- ---------- ----------
                                                   (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                           <C>        <C>        <C>
Securities held to maturity (at amortized
 cost):
  U.S. Treasury, government and agency
   obligations............................... $    9,461 $1,190,558 $2,433,380
  States and political subdivisions..........    144,508    165,520    203,422
  Mortgage-backed securities.................        --     608,676    567,520
  Other securities...........................        --         665    100,272
                                              ---------- ---------- ----------
    Total securities held to maturity........    153,969  1,965,419  3,304,594
                                              ---------- ---------- ----------
Securities available for sale (1995 and 1994
 at market,
 1993 at amortized cost):
  U.S. Treasury, government and agency
   obligations...............................  4,060,423  3,024,792  1,384,017
  States and political subdivisions..........     20,773     16,918        --
  Mortgage-backed securities.................    977,727    310,314    535,299
  Other securities...........................    142,421    107,674      1,572
                                              ---------- ---------- ----------
    Total securities available for sale......  5,201,344  3,459,698  1,920,888
                                              ---------- ---------- ----------
Total securities............................. $5,355,313 $5,425,117 $5,225,482
                                              ========== ========== ==========
</TABLE>
 
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
SOURCES OF FUNDS
 
  Deposits are the primary source of funds for lending and investing
activities. The amortization and scheduled payment of loans and maturities of
investment securities provide a stable source of funds, while deposit
fluctuations and loan prepayments are significantly influenced by the overall
interest rate environment and other market conditions. Federal Home Loan Bank
("FHLB") advances, Federal funds purchased and short-term borrowed funds all
provide supplemental liquidity sources based on specific needs, or if
management determines that these are the best sources of funds to meet current
requirements.
 
 Deposits
 
  Customer deposits are attracted principally from within Southern National's
market area through the offering of a broad selection of deposit instruments
including demand deposits, negotiable order of withdrawal accounts, passbook
and statement savings accounts, money market deposits, certificates of deposit
and individual retirement accounts. Deposit account terms vary with respect to
the minimum balance required, the time period the funds must remain on deposit
and the interest rate. Interest rates paid on specific deposits are set by the
ALCO and are determined based on (i) the interest rates offered by
competitors, (ii) anticipated needs for cash and the timing of the cash flow
needs offset by the availability of more cost-effective funding sources and
(iii) anticipated future economic conditions and interest rates. Customer
deposits are attractive sources of liquidity because of stability, pricing
control and the ability to generate fee income through the cross-sale of
deposit-related services.
 
 
                                     II-12
<PAGE>
 
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                                    TABLE 7
                        TIME DEPOSITS $100,000 AND OVER
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                       <C>
Maturity
  Less than three months.................................       $  864,652
  Four through six months................................          368,789
  Seven through twelve months............................          243,542
  Over twelve months.....................................          315,147
                                                                ----------
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1995.............................       $1,792,130
                                                                ==========
</TABLE>
 
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 Short-Term Borrowed Funds
 
  Southern National's ability to borrow significant funds through non-deposit
sources generates additional flexibility to meet the needs of customers by
offsetting liquidity risk and to reach the goals set by the ALCO. Southern
National has done this in the past primarily through securities sold under
repurchase agreements. Other components of short-term borrowed funds at year
end were master notes, Federal funds purchased and U.S. Treasury tax and loan
deposit notes payable.
 
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                                    TABLE 8
                           SHORT-TERM BORROWED FUNDS
 
  The following information summarizes certain pertinent information for the
past three years on securities sold under agreement to repurchase, Federal
funds purchased, master notes, Federal Reserve discount window borrowings,
U.S. Treasury tax and loan deposit notes payable and other short-term borrowed
funds.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              1995        1994        1993
                                           ----------  ----------  ----------
                                                (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                        <C>         <C>         <C>
Maximum outstanding at any month-end
 during the year.......................... $3,724,127  $2,975,957  $1,998,481
Average outstanding during the year.......  3,055,180   2,321,379   1,349,156
Average interest rate during the year.....       5.85%       4.24%       3.23%
Average interest rate at end of year......       5.28        5.49        2.94
</TABLE>
 
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
CAPITAL ADEQUACY AND RESOURCES
 
  Overall capital adequacy is monitored on an ongoing basis by management and
reviewed regularly by the Board of Directors. Southern National's principal
capital planning goals are to provide an adequate return to shareholders while
retaining a sufficient base from which to provide future growth and compliance
with all regulatory standards. Close attention is given to regulatory levels
of capital as percentages of assets and risk-weighted assets. The accompanying
table outlines the regulatory minimums for Tier 1 capital, total risk-based
capital and the leverage ratio, as well as such amounts for Southern National
as of December 31, 1995.
 
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                                    TABLE 9
                               CAPITAL ADEQUACY
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                        REGULATORY SOUTHERN BB&T-  BB&T-
                                         MINIMUMS  NATIONAL  NC     SC    COMMERCE
                                        ---------- -------- -----  -----  --------
<S>                                     <C>        <C>      <C>    <C>    <C>
Risk-based capital ratios:
  Tier 1 capital (1)...................    4.0%      13.0%  10.4%  14.1%    11.2%
  Total risk-based capital (2).........    8.0       14.3   11.6   15.3     12.5
Tier 1 leverage ratio (3)..............    3.0        7.8    6.4    9.0      8.2
</TABLE>
- --------
(1) Shareholders' equity less non-qualifying intangible assets; computed as a
    ratio of risk-weighted assets, as defined in the risk-based capital
    guidelines.
(2) Tier 1 capital plus qualifying loan loss allowance and subordinated debt;
    computed as a ratio of risk-weighted assets, as defined in the risk-based
    capital guidelines.
(3) Tier 1 capital computed as a ratio of fourth quarter average assets less
    goodwill.
 
                                     II-13
<PAGE>
 
                       CERTAIN REGULATORY CONSIDERATIONS
 
GENERAL
 
  As a bank holding company, the Company is subject to regulation under the
Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (as amended, the "BHCA") and its examination
and reporting requirements. Under the BHCA, bank holding companies may not
directly or indirectly acquire the ownership or control of more than five
percent of the voting shares or substantially all of the assets of any
company, including a bank, without the prior approval of the Board of
Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the "Federal Reserve Board"). In
addition, bank holding companies are generally prohibited under the BHCA from
engaging in nonbanking activities, subject to certain exceptions.
 
  In addition, BB&T-NC, BB&T-SC and Commerce (collectively, the "Banks") are
extensively regulated under state and federal law. As state-chartered
commercial banks, the Banks are subject to regulation, supervision and
examination by state banking authorities in their respective home states,
including the North Carolina Commissioner, in the case of BB&T-NC, the South
Carolina Commissioner, in the case of BB&T-SC, and the Virginia State
Corporation Commission, Bureau of Financial Institutions, in the case of
Commerce. As federally-insured, nonmember banks, each of the Banks is also
subject to regulation, supervision and examination by the Federal Deposit
Insurance Corporation (the "FDIC").
 
  The earnings of the Company's subsidiaries, and therefore the earnings of
the Company, are affected by general economic conditions, management policies
and the legislative and governmental actions of various regulatory
authorities, including those referred to above. In addition, there are
numerous governmental requirements and regulations which affect the activities
of the Company and its subsidiaries.
 
  The following description summarizes some of the state and federal laws to
which the Company and the Banks are subject. To the extent statutory or
regulatory provisions or proposals are described, the description is qualified
in its entirety by reference to the particular statutory or regulatory
provisions or proposals.
 
PAYMENT OF DIVIDENDS
 
  The Company is a legal entity separate and distinct from its banking and
other subsidiaries. A major portion of the revenues of the Company result from
amounts paid as dividends to the Company by its banking subsidiaries. The
Company's banking subsidiaries are subject to state laws and regulations that
limit the amount of dividends they can pay. The Company does not expect that
these laws and regulations will materially impact the ability of its banking
subsidiaries to pay dividends. During the year ended December 31, 1995, the
Banks paid $91.5 million in cash dividends to the Company.
 
  In addition, both the Company and the Banks are subject to various general
regulatory policies and requirements relating to the payment of dividends,
including requirements to maintain adequate capital above regulatory minimums.
The appropriate federal or state regulatory authority is authorized to
determine under certain circumstances relating to the financial condition of a
bank or bank holding company that the payment of dividends would be an unsafe
or unsound practice and to prohibit payment thereof. The Federal Reserve Board
has indicated that banking organizations should generally pay dividends only
out of current operating earnings.
 
CAPITAL
 
  The Company. The minimum requirement for a bank holding company's ratio of
capital to risk-weighted assets (including certain off-balance-sheet
activities, such as standby letters of credit) is 8 percent. At least half of
the total capital is to be composed of common equity, retained earnings and
qualifying perpetual preferred stock, less certain intangibles ("Tier 1
capital"). The remainder may consist of subordinated debt, qualifying
preferred stock and a limited amount of the loan loss allowance ("Tier 2
capital" and, together with Tier 1 capital, "total capital"). At December 31,
1995, the Company's Tier 1 and total capital ratios were 13.0% and 14.3%,
respectively.
 
                                     II-14
<PAGE>
 
  In addition, the Federal Reserve Board has established minimum leverage
ratio requirements for bank holding companies. These requirements provide for
a minimum leverage ratio of Tier 1 capital to adjusted average quarterly
assets ("leverage ratio") equal to 3 percent for bank holding companies that
meet certain specified criteria, including that they have the highest
regulatory rating. All other bank holding companies will generally be required
to maintain a leverage ratio of from at least 4 to 5 percent. The Company's
leverage ratio at December 31, 1995, was 7.8%. The requirements also provide
that bank holding companies experiencing internal growth or making
acquisitions will be expected to maintain strong capital positions
substantially above the minimum supervisory levels without significant
reliance on intangible assets. Furthermore, the requirements indicate that the
Federal Reserve Board will continue to consider a "tangible Tier 1 leverage
ratio" (deducting all intangibles) in evaluating proposals for expansion or
new activity.
 
  The Banks. The FDIC has adopted minimum risk-based and leverage ratio
guidelines to which the Banks are subject. Under the risk-based capital
requirements of the FDIC, each of the Banks is required to maintain a minimum
ratio of total capital (Tier 1 plus Tier 2 capital) to total risk-adjusted
assets (which include the credit risk equivalents of certain off-balance sheet
items) of 8 percent, of which half (4 percent) must be Tier 1 capital. In
addition, the FDIC requires a minimum leverage ratio (Tier 1 capital to
average total consolidated assets) of 3 percent. These risk-based capital and
leverage ratios are minimum supervisory ratios generally applicable to banks
that meet certain specified criteria, including that they have one of the two
highest regulatory ratings. Banking institutions not meeting these criteria
are expected to operate with capital positions well above the minimum ratios.
In addition, the FDIC may set capital requirements for a particular bank that
are higher than the minimum ratios when circumstances warrant.
 
  The FDIC's risk-based capital standards explicitly identify concentrations
of credit risk and the risk arising from non-traditional activities, as well
as an institution's ability to manage these risks, as important factors to be
taken into account by the agency in assessing an institution's overall capital
adequacy. The capital regulations also provide that an institution's exposure
to a decline in the economic value of its capital due to changes in interest
rates be considered by the agency as a factor in evaluating a bank's capital
adequacy. The banking agencies issued for comment a proposed joint policy
statement that describes the process the banking agencies will use to measure
and assess the exposure of a bank's net economic value to changes in interest
rates. The agencies may, ultimately, establish an explicit capital charge for
interest rate risk.
 
  Under federal banking laws, failure to meet the minimum regulatory capital
requirements could subject a banking institution to a variety of enforcement
remedies available to federal regulatory authorities, including, in the most
severe cases, the termination of deposit insurance by the FDIC and placing the
institution into conservatorship or receivership.
 
  The capital ratios of each of the Banks exceeded all minimum regulatory
capital requirements as of December 31, 1995. As of December 31, 1995, the
ratio of total capital to total risk-adjusted assets for BB&T-NC, BB&T-SC and
Commerce were 11.6%, 15.3% and 12.5%, respectively, and the Banks' leverage
ratios (Tier 1 capital to average total consolidated assets) were 6.4%, 9.0%
and 8.2%, respectively.
 
FIRREA
 
  The Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery and Enforcement Act of 1989
("FIRREA"), among other things, imposes liability on an institution the
deposits of which are insured by the FDIC, such as the Banks, for certain
potential obligations to the FDIC incurred in connection with other FDIC-
insured institutions under common control with such institution.
 
  Under Federal Reserve Board policy, the Company is expected to act as a
source of financial strength to each of the Banks and to commit resources to
support each of such subsidiaries. This support may be required at times when,
absent such Federal Reserve Board policy, the Company may not find itself able
to provide it.
 
  Any capital loans by a bank holding company to any of its subsidiary banks
are subordinate in right of payment to deposits and to certain other
indebtedness of such subsidiary banks. In the event of a bank holding
 
                                     II-15
<PAGE>
 
company's bankruptcy, any commitment by the bank holding company to a federal
bank regulatory agency to maintain the capital of a subsidiary bank will be
assumed by the bankruptcy trustee and entitled to a priority of payment.
 
PROMPT CORRECTIVE ACTION UNDER FDICIA
 
  The prompt corrective action provisions of the Federal Deposit Insurance
Company Improvement Act of 1991 ("FDICIA") significantly expanded the
regulatory and enforcement powers of federal banking regulators, including the
FDIC. Among other things, FDICIA establishes additional capital standards for
insured depository institutions and requires specific enforcement actions by
the appropriate federal regulatory agencies against institutions that fail to
meet these standards. The extent of these powers depends upon whether the
institutions in question are "well capitalized," "adequately capitalized,"
"undercapitalized," "significantly undercapitalized" or "critically
undercapitalized."
 
  The FDIC's regulations establish specific actions that are permitted or, in
certain cases, required to be taken by regulators with respect to institutions
falling within one of the three undercapitalized categories. Depending on the
level of an institution's capital, the agency's corrective powers can include:
requiring a capital restoration plan; placing limits on asset growth and
restrictions on activities; requiring the institution to issue additional
stock (including voting stock) or to be acquired; placing restrictions on
transactions with affiliates; restricting the interest rate the institution
may pay on deposits; ordering a new election for the institution's board of
directors; requiring that certain senior executive officers or directors be
dismissed; prohibiting the institution from accepting deposits from
correspondent banks; requiring the institution to divest certain subsidiaries;
prohibiting the payment of principal or interest on subordinated debt;
prohibiting the holding company from making capital distributions without
prior regulatory approval; and, in the most severe cases, appointing a
receiver for the institution. A bank that is undercapitalized is required to
submit a capital restoration plan, and such a plan will not be accepted
unless, among other things, the bank holding company guarantees the capital
plan, up to a certain specified amount. Under certain circumstances, a "well
capitalized," "adequately capitalized" or "undercapitalized" institution may
be required to comply with restrictions applicable to the next lowest capital
category.
 
  As of December 31, 1995, the Company and each of the Banks were classified
as "well capitalized."
 
CONSERVATORSHIP AND RECEIVERSHIP POWERS OF THE FEDERAL AND STATE BANKING
AGENCIES
 
  The federal banking agencies have broad enforcement powers over depository
institutions, including the power to terminate deposit insurance, impose
substantial fines and other civil penalties and to appoint a conservator or
receiver. The federal statutes to which the Company and its subsidiaries are
subject also contain criminal penalties. In addition to the grounds discussed
under "Prompt Corrective Action Under FDICIA," the FDIC may appoint itself as
conservator or receiver for each of the Banks if any one or more of a number
of circumstances exist, including, without limitation, the fact that the bank
is undercapitalized and has no reasonable prospect of becoming adequately
capitalized; fails to become adequately capitalized when required to do so;
fails to submit a timely and acceptable capital restoration plan; or
materially fails to implement an accepted capital restoration plan.
 
  State regulatory authorities have broad enforcement powers over state
banking institutions chartered in each of their states including powers to
impose fines and other civil penalties and to appoint a conservator (with the
approval of the Governor in the case of North Carolina) in order to conserve
the assets of any such institution for the benefit of depositors and other
creditors thereof. The state statutes to which the Company and its
subsidiaries are subject also contain criminal penalties. In addition, the
North Carolina Commissioner has the authority to take possession of a state
bank in certain circumstances, including, among other things, when it appears
that such bank has violated its charter or any applicable laws or is
conducting its business in an unauthorized or unsafe manner, or is in an
unsafe or unsound condition to transact its business or has an impairment of
its capital stock. A conservator has the authority, under the direction of the
applicable state
 
                                     II-16
<PAGE>
 
authority, to take possession of the books, records and assets of a bank and
to exercise all powers of such state authority in order to preserve the assets
of such bank.
 
  The FDIC may provide federal assistance to a "troubled institution" without
placing the institution into conservatorship or receivership. In such a case,
preexisting debtholders and shareholders may be required to make substantial
concessions and, insofar as practical, the FDIC will succeed to their
interests in proportion to the amount of federal assistance provided.
 
INSOLVENCY, LIQUIDATION, OR OTHER DEFAULT BY THE BANKS
 
  In the event of the liquidation or other resolution of any federally-insured
depository institution, such as each of the Banks, the claims of depositors of
such an institution (including claims by the FDIC as subrogee of insured
depositors) and administrative expenses of the receiver are entitled to
priority in payment over the claims of any other senior or general creditors
of the institution, other than secured creditors. A substantial majority of
the liabilities of each of the Banks are deposits or secured liabilities.
 
  A depository institution insured by the FDIC can be held liable for any loss
incurred by, or reasonably expected to be incurred by, the FDIC in connection
with (i) the default of a commonly-controlled depository institution or (ii)
any assistance provided by the FDIC to a commonly-controlled depository
institution in danger of default. However, such liability to the FDIC would be
subordinated in right of payment to deposit liabilities and to most secured,
senior, general or subordinated obligations, other than obligations owed to
any affiliate of the depository institution (with certain exceptions) and any
obligations to shareholders of such depository institution in their capacity
as such.
 
  As conservator or receiver for an insured depository institution, and in
order to promote the orderly administration of the institution's affairs, the
FDIC may disaffirm or repudiate any contract or lease to which such
institution is a party. The FDIC as conservator or receiver is also permitted
to enforce most types of contracts pursuant to their terms notwithstanding any
acceleration provisions therein, and may transfer to a new obligor any of the
institution's assets and liabilities, without approval or consent of the
institution's creditors. Pursuant to FDICIA, the FDIC is also authorized to
settle all uninsured and unsecured claims in the insolvency of an insured bank
by making a final settlement payment at a percentage rate reflecting an
average of the FDIC's receivership recovery experience and constituting full
payment and disposition of the FDIC's obligations to such uninsured and
unsecured claimants.
 
  Should a state regulatory authority elect to take possession of any bank for
the purpose of liquidation, administrative claims and claims of depositors are
entitled to priority in payment over the claims of creditors. Each of the
state authorities may appoint the FDIC as its agent for the purpose of
liquidation of a bank, provided that the liabilities of such bank to its
depositors are insured by the FDIC.
 
  If the FDIC or state regulatory agency were appointed receiver of a bank,
the amount paid on claims in respect of the bank's obligations to its
creditors would depend upon, among other factors, the amount of assets in the
receivership and the relative priority of the claim.
 
DEPOSIT INSURANCE ASSESSMENTS
 
  The deposits of each of the Banks are insured by the FDIC, up to applicable
limits. Most of the deposits of the Banks are subject to deposit premium
assessments of the Bank Insurance Fund ("BIF") of the FDIC. In addition,
approximately 40 percent of the Banks' deposits (which are related to each
Bank's acquisition of thrift deposits) is subject to assessments by the
Savings Association Insurance Fund ("SAIF") of the FDIC. Under the FDIC's
risk-based insurance system, BIF-assessed deposits are currently subject to
premiums of between $.00 and $.27 per $100 of deposits, depending upon the
institution's capital position and other supervisory factors. The current
premiums reflect a reduction, effective January 1, 1996, from a range of $.04
to $.31 per $100 of deposits. The rate applicable to the BIF-assessed deposits
of each of the Banks is currently $.00 per
 
                                     II-17
<PAGE>
 
$100 of eligible deposits, with a minimum semiannual assessment of $1,000. The
range of premiums applicable to SAIF-assessed deposits is between $.23 and
$.31 per $100 of deposits, and the assessment rate for each of the Banks'
SAIF-assessed deposits is $.23 per $100 of eligible deposits.
 
  Proposed budget reconciliation legislation that contains provisions to
recapitalize the SAIF was passed by both houses of Congress and reconciled in
conference committee. However, the President vetoed the proposed budget
reconciliation legislation on December 6, 1995, for reasons unrelated to the
SAIF recapitalization issue. Draft conference report language released by the
House Committee on Banking and Financial Services includes provisions for a
one-time special assessment, as determined by the FDIC, on SAIF-assessable
deposits of insured depository institutions in an amount adequate to cause the
SAIF to achieve its specific designated reserve ratio of 1.25 percent. The
proposed legislation called for a special assessment in the range of $.80 per
$100 of insured deposits for SAIF institutions.
 
  The draft conference report language provides that the assessment would be
applied to the amount of SAIF-assessable deposits held as of March 31, 1995.
However, more recent negotiations have resulted in a proposal that the cut-off
date for SAIF-assessable deposits be December 31, 1995. The SAIF-assessable
deposits of BB&T-NC and BB&T-SC as of March 31, 1995 totaled approximately
$4.3 billion and $1.5 billion, respectively. Under the proposed legislation,
BB&T-NC would receive a 20 percent discount on the assessment, because the
bank's SAIF-assessable deposits were less than 50 percent of its total
assessable deposits as of June 30, 1995. The pretax impact on the Company of
this one-time assessment is not expected to exceed $41.0 million. The Company
expects to record this expense following the enactment of the legislation. In
the event that the SAIF is recapitalized pursuant to this legislation, it is
expected that the assessment rates applicable to SAIF-assessable deposits
would be reduced.
 
  The proposed legislation contains additional provisions that, among other
things, would require BIF-member institutions to share pro rata in the
obligations of SAIF members for certain government bonds.
 
  The final form of the proposed legislation, including whether the
legislation will contain some or all of the provisions discussed above, cannot
be determined with certainty at this time. Similarly, the date of passage of
the final form of the legislation, or whether this or any similar legislation
will be passed during this session of Congress, cannot be determined with
certainty at this time.
 
  Under the federal banking laws, a federally-insured institution is
prohibited from paying interest on its capital notes or debentures (if such
interest is required to be paid only out of net profits) or distributing any
of its capital assets while it remains in default in the payment of any
assessment due to the FDIC.
 
SAFETY AND SOUNDNESS STANDARDS
 
  Effective August 9, 1995, the federal banking agencies published final
agency guidelines that establish safety and soundness standards addressing
operational and managerial, as well as compensation matters for insured
financial institutions like the Banks, as required by FDICIA. Banks failing to
meet these standards are required to submit compliance plans to their
appropriate federal regulators. On this same date, the agencies issued for
comment proposed guidelines regarding asset quality and earnings standards for
insured institutions.
 
INTERSTATE BANKING AND BRANCHING LEGISLATION
 
  The Riegle-Neal Interstate Banking and Branching Efficiency Act of 1994
("IBBEA"), authorizes interstate acquisitions of banks and bank holding
companies without geographic limitation. In addition, beginning June 1, 1997,
IBBEA authorizes a bank to merge with a bank in another state as long as
neither of the states has opted out of interstate branching between the date
of enactment of IBBEA and May 31, 1997. IBBEA further provides that states may
enact laws permitting interstate bank merger transactions prior to June 1,
1997. A bank may establish and operate a de novo branch in a state in which
the bank does not maintain a branch if that state expressly permits de novo
branching. Once a bank has established branches in a state through an
interstate
 
                                     II-18
<PAGE>
 
merger transaction, the bank may establish and acquire additional branches at
any location in the state where any bank involved in the interstate merger
transaction could have established or acquired branches under applicable
federal or state law. A bank that has established a branch in a state through
de novo branching may establish and acquire additional branches in such state
in the same manner and to the same extent as a bank having a branch in such
state as a result of an interstate merger. If a state opts out of interstate
branching within the specified time period, no bank in any other state may
establish a branch in the opting out state, whether through an acquisition or
de novo.
 
  North Carolina has enacted an early opt-in law permitting interstate bank
merger transactions effective June 22, 1995. The North Carolina law permits de
novo branching on a reciprocal basis until June 1, 1997, and unrestricted de
novo branching thereafter. Virginia has enacted an early opt-in law permitting
interstate bank merger transactions effective July 1, 1995. The Virginia law
permits de novo branching on a reciprocal basis. At this time, South Carolina
has not enacted an early opt-in law.
 
EMPLOYEES
 
  At December 31, 1995, Southern National had approximately 7,700 full-time-
equivalent employees.
 
PROPERTIES
 
  Southern National and its significant subsidiaries occupy headquarters
offices that are either owned or operated under long-term leases and also own
free-standing operations centers in Wilson, Charlotte and Lumberton. Branch
office locations are variously owned or leased. The premises occupied by
Southern National and its subsidiaries are considered to be well-located and
suitably equipped to serve as financial service facilities.
 
 
                                     II-19
<PAGE>
 
                    MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
                 FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
OVERVIEW
 
  The following discussion and analysis of the financial condition and results
of operations of Southern National Corporation ("Southern National" or the
"Corporation") for each of the three years in the period ended December 31,
1995, and related financial information are presented in conjunction with the
consolidated financial statements and related notes to assist in the
evaluation of Southern National's 1995 performance.
 
  On February 28, 1995, Southern National and BB&T Financial Corporation
("BB&T") merged in a transaction accounted for under the pooling-of-interests
method of accounting. The merger created the sixth largest bank holding
company in the Southeast and the 36th largest in the U.S. BB&T's acquisition
of Commerce Bank of Virginia Beach, Virginia ("Commerce") on January 10, 1995,
was also accounted for as a pooling-of-interests. Accordingly, all discussion
contained herein of prior results and future prospects is presented as if
Southern National, BB&T and Commerce were combined at the beginning of each
period presented. The results might have been different had the companies
actually been combined throughout the periods presented, and the financial
results presented are not necessarily indicative of future performance.
 
  Certain adjustments have been made to conform accounting methodology, and
certain amounts for prior years have been reclassified to conform the
statement presentations. The primary adjustment required was to conform BB&T's
accounting for the adoption of a new accounting policy for postretirement
benefits other than pensions to that of Southern National. In adopting the
provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 106,
"Accounting for Postretirement Benefits Other Than Pensions," in 1993, BB&T
elected to amortize the accumulated postretirement obligation related to the
adoption over a period of 21 years, while Southern National elected to reflect
the adoption through the recording of a cumulative charge for this change in
accounting principle. In conforming BB&T's transition methodology to that
elected by Southern National, the cumulative charge resulting from a change in
accounting principle recorded in 1993 was increased by $7.0 million, net of
related income taxes, while noninterest expenses were reduced by $559,000 for
both 1994 and 1993.
 
  Southern National incurred significant nonrecurring expenses during 1995
resulting from the merger with BB&T. These charges totaled $76.3 million,
after tax, and were comprised primarily of severance and other personnel
costs, branch closings and divestitures, merger and conversion costs and
consolidations of bank operations. See "Analysis of Results of Operations" for
additional discussion concerning the impact of these charges.
 
ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
 
  The economy's slower growth during 1995 was reflected in the banking
industry by moderate loan growth, tighter liquidity and declining interest-
rate spreads, while capitalization remained strong. Continued growth in loan
portfolios throughout the industry tightened liquidity at many institutions.
Liquidity for funding loan portfolio activities is typically derived from
deposits, borrowings or sales of assets such as securities. These trends have
created higher loan to deposit ratios throughout the industry. As market
interest rates decreased in 1995, the importance of deposits as a funding
source (and the value of related customer relationships as openings to offer
other products) kept many institutions from lowering deposit rates to the same
degree as decreases in market interest rates. This contributed to narrower
interest rate margins during the year.
 
  For Southern National, average assets totaled $20.3 billion in 1995, an
increase of approximately 6.8% over the average of $19.0 billion in 1994.
Average assets grew 11.2% in 1994 compared to 1993. At the end of 1995, assets
totaled $20.5 billion.
 
  The five-year compound rate of growth in average assets was 9.7%. Over the
same five-year period, the compound annual growth rates based on average
balances have been 9.0% for loans, 13.9% for securities and 6.6% for deposits.
All growth rates have been enhanced by the effects of acquisitions accounted
for as purchases.
 
                                     II-20
<PAGE>
 
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                                   TABLE 10
 
                      COMPOSITION OF AVERAGE TOTAL ASSETS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    % CHANGE
                                                                 ---------------
                                                                 1995 V. 1994 V.
                             1995         1994         1993       1994    1993
                          -----------  -----------  -----------  ------- -------
                                (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                       <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>     <C>
Securities *............  $ 5,405,773  $ 5,350,982  $ 4,670,213      1 %    15 %
Federal funds sold and
 other earning assets...       44,384      130,670      152,370    (66)    (14)
Loans and leases, net of
 unearned income **.....   13,640,565   12,360,633   11,177,299     10      11
                          -----------  -----------  -----------
Average earning assets..   19,090,722   17,842,285   15,999,882      7      12
Non-earning assets......    1,182,306    1,133,525    1,067,159      4       6
                          -----------  -----------  -----------
Average total assets....  $20,273,028  $18,975,810  $17,067,041      7 %    11 %
                          ===========  ===========  ===========
Average earning assets
 as a percentage of
 average total assets...         94.2%        94.0%        93.7%
                          ===========  ===========  ===========
</TABLE>
- --------
 * Based on amortized cost.
** Includes loans held for sale based on lower of amortized cost or market.
   Amounts are gross of the allowance for loan and lease losses.
 
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
SECURITIES
 
  The securities portfolios provide earnings and liquidity, as well as
providing an effective tool in managing interest rate risk. Management has
continued to emphasize investments with a maturity of five years or less
because of the changing interest rate environment and the strong economy of
the last two years. U.S. Treasury securities, which continue to comprise the
majority of the portfolio, provide adequate current yields with minimal risk
and maturities structured to address liquidity concerns.
 
  During 1993, the FASB issued SFAS No. 115, "Accounting for Certain
Investments in Debt and Equity Securities." This statement, which was adopted
by Southern National as of January 1, 1994, addresses the accounting and
reporting of investments in equity securities that have readily determinable
fair values and all investments in debt securities. These investments are
classified in one of three categories: held to maturity, trading and available
for sale. Securities classified as available for sale are carried at estimated
fair value with unrealized depreciation or appreciation, net of tax, reported
as a separate component of shareholders' equity. Securities classified as held
to maturity are carried in the financial statements at amortized cost.
Securities classified as trading are carried at estimated fair value with
market adjustments, fees, gains or losses and interest income earned on the
securities recognized in current period earnings. Southern National engages in
securities trading transactions as a normal course of business, but had no
securities classified as trading at year end.
 
  Securities decreased 1.3% in 1995 to a total of $5.4 billion at the end of
the year. This followed an increase of 3.8% in 1994.
 
  Southern National historically has maintained a securities portfolio of 21-
25% of total assets. However, securities have been 25-28% of assets in recent
years because of reduced demand for loans. At the end of 1995, securities
represented 26% of assets. This percentage is lower than the prior year
balance of 27% because lower-yielding U.S. Treasuries have been allowed to
mature during the fourth quarter without reinvestment of the proceeds as
discussed below. Over the long term, Southern National expects the securities
portfolio to return to historic levels of 21-25% of total assets.
 
                                     II-21
<PAGE>
 
  The market value of the available-for-sale portfolio was $51.2 million
greater than the amortized cost of these securities. At December 31, 1995,
Southern National's available-for-sale portfolio had net unrealized
appreciation, net of tax, of $31.2 million, which is reported as a separate
component of equity. Equity adjustments resulting from market valuation gains
and losses do not represent permanent increases or reductions in equity and
are not considered for purposes of calculating actual levels of risk-based
capital. If securities so designated are sold, then the actual gains or losses
realized are reported in current period earnings.
 
  Market valuation gains or losses in the Corporation's held-to-maturity
category affect neither earnings nor capital since these securities are
carried at amortized cost. The Corporation's held-to-maturity securities
totaled $154.0 million at December 31, 1995, with net unrealized gains totaled
$5.9 million.
 
  The fully taxable equivalent ("FTE") yield on the total securities portfolio
was 6.22% for the year ended December 31, 1995, compared to 5.85% for the year
ended December 31, 1994 and 6.43% for 1993.
 
  During the first quarter of 1995, securities declined $196.6 million because
of a restructuring of the securities portfolio. This restructuring was
undertaken to conform the investment policies and portfolios of the combined
companies after merger. Mortgage-backed securities with average projected
maturities of approximately five years accounted for the majority of
securities sold. The balance was comprised of older, lower-yielding U.S.
Treasury and Federal agency securities with average maturities of three to
five years. The average combined yield at cost for securities sold was
approximately 6.00%. The total loss recognized on the sales was $19.8 million.
Reinvestment of the proceeds from the restructuring was accomplished during
the first and second quarters. U.S. Treasury and Federal agency securities
with average maturities of three years and average yields at cost of
approximately 7.00% were purchased.
 
  The restructuring of the securities portfolio resulted in a shift in
portfolio holdings. The combined balance sheets of BB&T and SNB contained a
high concentration of mortgage-related assets, comprised of fixed-rate loans
and securities acquired as a result of acquisitions of thrift institutions
during the last few years. This concentration of mortgage-related assets had
become a significant factor on the balance sheets of both organizations. The
sale of mortgage-backed securities was, in part, carried out to reduce the
concentration of this type of asset on the balance sheet of the combined
organization. Mortgage-related assets typically have longer durations than
other bank assets and are generally more sensitive to changes in interest
rates. The replacement of these securities with U.S. Treasury and Federal
agency securities improved the mix of assets from both credit and interest
sensitivity measurements.
 
  At December 31, 1995, the balance in the Corporation's available-for-sale
category was $5.2 billion, which represents approximately 97% of the entire
investment portfolio. This balance represents a 50% increase over the December
31, 1994 balance. This significant increase resulted from a fourth quarter
transfer of the bulk of Southern National's securities which were previously
classified as held to maturity into the available-for-sale category. The
Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") provided enterprises with the
opportunity to make a one-time reassessment of the classification of all
investment securities held at that time, such that the reclassification of any
security from the held-to-maturity category would not call into question the
enterprise's intent to hold other debt securities to maturity in the future.
Management anticipates that this classification will allow more flexibility in
the day-to-day management of the overall portfolio than the prior
classifications.
 
  During the fourth quarter of 1995, Southern National began to reshape the
balance sheet by changing the mix of investments held. The change in mix has
been undertaken to improve the overall interest yield of the securities
portfolio. This effort will continue into the first two quarters of 1996.
Lower-yielding U.S. Treasuries which matured during the quarter were not
reinvested in similar securities because many such securities have yields
below the current Federal funds rate and the advantages these investments
provided in prior years through reduced state taxes are currently less
beneficial for Southern National. This effort resulted in the runoff of
approximately $400 million in U.S. Treasuries during the quarter. The proceeds
from these maturities were used primarily to pay down overnight funds. These
securities were replaced in the portfolio by $301 million of longer-term
higher-yielding mortgage-backed securities which were obtained through the
securitization of a portion of Southern National's mortgage loan portfolio as
discussed in the "Loans and Leases" section.
 
                                     II-22
<PAGE>
 
  Management expects interest rates to decrease somewhat, but remain mostly
stable throughout 1996. A major investment strategy for the first half of 1996
will be to continue to allow lower-yielding U.S. Treasuries to mature without
reinvestment in similar securities. Anticipated investment strategies include
continued emphasis on securitization of mortgage loans and retaining these
securities in the available for sale portfolio for the foreseeable future,
high quality U.S. Treasury and Federal agency securities, investment in short
and intermediate maturities, and a slight decline in the portion of securities
categorized as held to maturity. The Corporation's ALCO will continually
evaluate such strategies in consideration of actual economic and balance sheet
developments.
 
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                                   TABLE 11
                                  SECURITIES
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     DECEMBER 31, 1995
                                              --------------------------------
                                              CARRYING VALUE AVERAGE YIELD (3)
                                              -------------- -----------------
                                                   (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                           <C>            <C>
U.S. Treasury, government and agency
 obligations (1)
  Within one year............................   $2,028,045         5.93%
  One to five years..........................    2,238,489         6.55
  Five to ten years..........................      476,974         6.45
  After ten years............................      304,103         6.90
                                                ----------         ----
    Total....................................    5,047,611         6.31
                                                ----------         ----
States and political subdivisions
  Within one year............................       23,038         9.61
  One to five years..........................       91,633         8.89
  Five to ten years..........................       49,378         8.76
  After ten years............................        1,232         7.98
                                                ----------         ----
    Total....................................      165,281         8.94
                                                ----------         ----
Other securities
  Within one year............................          200         7.29
  One to five years..........................        3,238         9.15
  Five to ten years..........................          667         7.84
  After ten years............................          --           --
                                                ----------         ----
    Total....................................        4,105         8.85
                                                ----------         ----
Securities with no stated maturity...........      138,316         9.15
                                                ----------         ----
    Total securities (2).....................   $5,355,313         6.47%
                                                ==========         ====
</TABLE>
- --------
(1) Included in U.S. Treasury, government and agency obligations are mortgage-
    backed securities totaling $977.7 million classified as available for sale
    and disclosed at estimated fair value. These securities are included in
    each of the categories based upon final stated maturity dates. The
    original contractual lives of these securities range from five to 30
    years; however, a more realistic average maturity would be substantially
    shorter because of the monthly return of principal on certain securities.
(2) Includes securities held to maturity of $154.0 million disclosed at
    amortized cost and securities available for sale of $5.2 billion disclosed
    at estimated fair value.
(3) Taxable equivalent basis as applied to amortized cost.
 
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
LOANS AND LEASES
 
  Net loans and leases totaled approximately $13.6 billion at the end of 1995.
This represented an increase of $704.0 million in 1995, following an increase
of $874.3 million in 1994. While the economy has expanded at a moderate rate
over the past two years, loan demand has not been as strong as might
historically be expected in a
 
                                     II-23
<PAGE>
 
growing economy. The long-range objective of Southern National is to maintain
a rate of internal growth which approximates that of its markets in the
Carolinas and Virginia. Southern National believes that this will result in a
rate of increase which will be sustainable and profitable.
 
  During 1995, interest rates decreased slightly which led to an increase in
mortgage originations. The overall economic environment remained stable, with
mixed results from leading economic indicators. Consumer spending and
borrowing remained strong, while automobile sales, real income levels and new
job rates fell. 1995 was similarly a year of mixed results for Southern
National's market area. In addition to growth in mortgage loans, Southern
National has seen significant growth in more-profitable retail lending during
1995. Management anticipates continued growth in overall loan demand.
 
  Southern National concentrated efforts on expanding the leasing function
throughout 1995. Municipal leasing, primarily tax-exempt leases with counties
and municipalities, was stronger than in the prior year. The leasing function
has developed numerous lease-based products and services that have been
effectively marketed to current Southern National customers and noncustomers.
The leasing subsidiary provides a quality stream of earnings. Lease
receivables, gross of unearned income, grew $71.6 million or 23.5% during
1995.
 
  The acquisitions of thrift institutions completed in recent years have
created a concentration of mortgage loans in the portfolio higher than many of
Southern National's peers. As discussed in the "Securities" section, Southern
National securitized $301 million of fixed-rate mortgage loans during the
fourth quarter in an attempt to lower this concentration. Management plans to
securitize an additional $800 million during the first two quarters of 1996 to
continue this process.
 
ASSET QUALITY
 
  The credit quality of the loan and lease portfolio remained relatively
constant during the first and second quarters of 1995, continuing favorable
trends in asset quality ratios since 1991. As reflected in Table 12--"Asset
Quality," nonperforming assets ("NPA's") were $68.4 million at year end, up
$9.2 million or 15.5% for the year. As a percentage of total assets, NPA's
increased from .30% at December 31, 1994 to .33% at current year end. As a
percentage of loans plus foreclosed properties, NPA's increased from .45% to
 .49%. The allowance for losses as a percentage of loans and leases was 1.25%
at December 31, 1995, compared to 1.31% at December 31, 1994. Certain asset
quality measures deteriorated somewhat during the third and fourth quarters of
1995. The increases in nonperforming assets and the corresponding increases in
net charge-offs during the quarters reflect a reorganization of the
collections function which resulted from the merger of Southern National and
BB&T. Also, Southern National's asset quality ratios have been unusually
strong compared to historic norms. Increases in net charge-offs to a more
normalized level were expected by management as segments of the overall
economy softened during the second half of 1995. Loans 90 days or more past
due and still accruing interest increased slightly during 1995 to a balance of
$29.1 million compared to a December 31, 1994 balance of $24.2 million.
 
  Southern National assigns risk grades to all commercial loans in the
portfolio. This assignment of loans to one of ten categories is based upon the
relative strength of the repayment source. All significant loans in the four
highest risk grades are reviewed monthly for appropriateness of risk grade,
accrual status and loss reserves.
 
                                     II-24
<PAGE>
 
  The following table reflects relevant asset quality information for Southern
National for the most recent three years.
 
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                                   TABLE 12
                                 ASSET QUALITY
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          DECEMBER 31,
                                                     -------------------------
                                                      1995     1994     1993
                                                     -------  -------  -------
                                                     (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                  <C>      <C>      <C>
Nonaccrual loans and leases......................... $61,489  $47,039  $61,737
Foreclosed property.................................   6,868   12,153   23,510
                                                     -------  -------  -------
Nonperforming assets................................ $68,357  $59,192  $85,247
                                                     =======  =======  =======
Loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing... $29,094  $24,224  $21,741
                                                     =======  =======  =======
ASSET QUALITY RATIOS
  Nonaccrual loans and leases as a percentage of
   loans and leases.................................    0.45%    0.36%    0.50%
  Nonperforming assets as a percentage of:
    Total assets....................................    0.33     0.30     0.45
    Loans and leases plus foreclosed property.......    0.49     0.45     0.70
  Net charge-offs as a percentage of average loans
   and leases.......................................    0.23     0.13     0.31
  Allowance for losses as a percentage of loans and
   leases...........................................    1.25     1.31     1.38
  Ratio of allowance for losses to:
    Net charge-offs.................................    5.56X   10.36x    4.88x
    Nonaccrual loans and leases.....................    2.80     3.65     2.74
</TABLE>
- --------
NOTE: Items referring to loans and leases are net of unearned income, gross of
      the allowance and include loans held for sale.
 
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
DEPOSITS AND OTHER BORROWINGS
 
  Average deposits remained fairly stable at $14.3 billion, following an
increase of approximately 5.6% in 1994. End of period interest-bearing
deposits increased approximately $327.2 million in 1995 to a balance of $12.8
billion while non-interest bearing demand deposits increased $42.7 million to
$1.9 billion.
 
  Core deposits compose Southern National's primary funding source, but
management also uses short-term borrowed funds, primarily Federal funds
purchased and repurchase agreements, to meet funding needs. Management also
employs long-term debt for additional funding. Southern National's average
short-term borrowed funds increased $733.8 million during 1995, while average
long-term debt increased $450.3 million. These increases were necessary
because of strong loan demand and a lack of growth in average deposits. The
rates on short-term borrowed funds are primarily floating and typically
indexed to various money market rates compared to loans which are largely
based on the prime rate. Remaining borrowings and sales of available-for-sale
securities were used to increase holdings of investment securities.
 
  During the quarters immediately following the merger of Southern National
and BB&T, management adopted aggressive pricing strategies for loans and
deposits in an effort to protect the customer base of the new bank. While
these tactics proved successful in maintaining valuable customer
relationships, they also contributed to the compression in net interest margin
from 4.29% during 1994 to 4.05% during 1995. Also, the use of funding sources
other than deposits placed additional pressure on the net interest margin. In
an effort to control the cost of funds during 1996, management has developed a
$2 billion bank note program to ease the reliance on shorter-term funding.
Management has also emphasized the use of brokered deposits, Federal Home Loan
Bank ("FHLB") advances and foreign deposits instead of short-term borrowed
funds. FHLB advances are among the most cost-effective and most convenient
alternative funding sources because such funds are fully securitized by
 
                                     II-25
<PAGE>
 
mortgage loans. While brokered deposits and foreign deposits still compose a
small portion of total deposits, these sources of funds are also more cost-
effective than other nondeposit sources.
 
  Southern National faces an ongoing challenge in attracting new deposits and
other core funds as competition from both financial and non-financial
institutions continues to increase. Trends during 1995 have been encouraging
as Southern National maintained and increased the number of customer accounts
during the conversion process.
 
  Southern National continually considers liquidity needs in evaluating
funding sources. The ultimate goal is to maintain funding flexibility, which
will allow Southern National to react rapidly to opportunities brought about
by growth and market volatility.
 
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                                   TABLE 13
             COMPOSITION OF AVERAGE DEPOSITS AND OTHER BORROWINGS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             % CHANGE
                                                                             -----------
                                                                             1995   1994
                                                                              V.     V.
                               1995             1994             1993        1994   1993
                          ---------------  ---------------  ---------------  ----   ----
                                      (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                       <C>         <C>  <C>         <C>  <C>         <C>  <C>    <C>
Savings deposits........  $ 2,854,827  15% $ 3,433,750  20% $ 2,908,944  19% (17)%   18%
Money market deposits...    1,935,157  11    1,971,263  11    2,039,937  13   (2)    (3)
Time deposits...........    7,715,365  42    7,155,207  42    7,040,758  45    8      2
                          ----------- ---  ----------- ---  ----------- ---
Total interest-bearing
 deposits...............   12,505,349  68   12,560,220  73   11,989,639  77   --      5
Demand deposits.........    1,745,827   9    1,738,508  10    1,556,411  10   --     12
                          ----------- ---  ----------- ---  ----------- ---
Total deposits..........   14,251,176  77   14,298,728  83   13,546,050  87   --      6
Short-term borrowed
 funds..................    3,055,180  17    2,321,379  13    1,349,156   9   32     72
Long-term debt..........    1,127,575   6      677,227   4      597,519   4   66     13
                          ----------- ---  ----------- ---  ----------- ---
Total deposits and other
 borrowings.............  $18,433,931 100% $17,297,334 100% $15,492,725 100%   7%    12%
                          =========== ===  =========== ===  =========== ===  ===    ===
</TABLE>
 
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
ANALYSIS OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
  Consolidated net income for 1995 totaled $178.1 million, which produced
primary earnings per share of $1.66 and fully diluted earnings per share of
$1.64. Net income was $236.9 million in 1994 and $85.8 million in 1993. In
1993, income before the cumulative effect of changes in accounting principles,
net of income taxes, totaled $120.1 million. Primary earnings per share were
$2.26 in 1994 and $.81 in 1993, while fully diluted per share earnings were
$2.21 and $.81, respectively. Before the cumulative effect of changes in
accounting principles in 1993, both primary and fully diluted per share
earnings were $1.16.
 
  The cumulative effect of changes in accounting principles, net of related
income taxes, recorded in 1993 included $12.6 million to record the
accumulated postretirement obligation related to the adoption of SFAS No. 106,
and $28.0 million as a result of the adoption of SFAS No. 72, "Accounting For
Certain Acquisitions of Banking and Thrift Institutions," by a merged company,
less a $6.4 million benefit resulting from the adoption of SFAS No. 109,
"Accounting for Income Taxes," implemented as of January 1, 1994.
 
  The returns on average assets were .88% for 1995, 1.25% for 1994 and .50%
for 1993. For the same years, the returns on average common equity were
11.56%, 16.88% and 6.19%, respectively.
 
  The decrease in earnings during 1995 was caused by $108.0 million in pretax
nonrecurring charges related to the merger between Southern National and BB&T
and $19.8 million in securities losses resulting from the restructuring of the
securities portfolio discussed in the "Analysis of Financial Condition"
section, which was offset by a $12.3 million gain on the sale of divested
deposits made necessary by the merger. The net after-tax
 
                                     II-26
<PAGE>
 
impact of these nonrecurring items and securities losses was to reduce net
income by $76.3 million. A brief description of the nature of the nonrecurring
items is presented below:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              (INCREASE)
                                                             DECREASE IN
                                                                INCOME
                                                             YEAR-TO-DATE
                                                        ----------------------
                                                        (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
      <S>                                               <C>
      Other service charges, commissions and fees......        $    470
      Other noninterest income (premium on divested
       deposits).......................................         (12,294)
      Securities losses................................          19,787
      Personnel expense................................          59,771
      Occupancy expense................................           3,690
      Furniture and equipment expense..................           6,668
      Other noninterest expense........................          37,358
      Income taxes (pre-tax equivalent)*...............           4,566
                                                               --------
        Total..........................................        $120,016
                                                               ========
        Total--net of tax..............................        $ 76,331
                                                               ========
</TABLE>
- --------
* Recapture of tax bad debt reserve.
 
  Excluding nonrecurring items and securities losses, Southern National would
have had net income of $254.5 million, or $2.34 per fully diluted share. This
represents a $17.6 million or 7.4% increase over earnings from the prior year.
Recurring earnings for 1995 provided returns of 1.26% on average assets and
16.65% on average common shareholders' equity.
 
  At December 31, 1995, approximately $37.9 million of the total pretax amount
of nonrecurring items had not yet been incurred and are reflected on the
Consolidated Balance Sheets as accrued liabilities of $28.8 million relating
to termination of employee contracts and severance and $9.1 million of other
accrued liabilities.
 
NET INTEREST INCOME
 
  Net interest income is Southern National's primary source of revenue. The
amount of net interest income is determined based on a number of factors,
including the volume of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing
liabilities and the interest rates earned and paid to obtain the asset-
generating funds. The difference between rates earned on interest-earning
assets (with an adjustment made to tax-exempt income to provide comparability
with taxable income) and the cost of supporting funds is measured by the net
yield on earning assets. The accompanying table presents the dollar amount of
changes in interest income and interest expense and distinguishes between the
changes related to average outstanding balances of interest-earning assets and
interest-bearing liabilities (volume) and the changes related to average
interest rates on such assets and liabilities (rate). Changes attributable to
both volume and rate have been allocated proportionately.
 
                                     II-27
<PAGE>
 
                                   TABLE 14
                 NET INTEREST INCOME AND RATE/VOLUME ANALYSIS
             FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995, 1994 AND 1993
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                         
                                                                                                         
                                                          AVERAGE BALANCES             YIELD/RATE             INCOME/EXPENSE       
                                               ----------------------------------- ----------------  -------------------------------
                                                   1995       1994         1993    1995  1994  1993     1995       1994       1993 
                                               ----------- ----------- ----------- ----  ----  ----  ---------- ---------- ---------
                                                                        FULLY TAXABLE EQUIVALENT--(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                            <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>   <C>   <C>   <C>        <C>        <C>
ASSETS
Securities (1):
 U.S. Treasury, government and other (5)...... $ 5,235,169 $ 5,171,260 $ 4,469,880 6.13% 5.74% 6.28% $  320,950 $  296,933 $ 280,541
 States and political subdivisions............     170,604     179,722     200,333 8.94  9.08  9.97      15,255     16,323    19,978
                                               ----------- ----------- ----------- ----  ----  ----  ---------- ---------- ---------
  Total securities (5).......................    5,405,773   5,350,982   4,670,213 6.22  5.85  6.43     336,205    313,256   300,519
Other earning assets (2).....................       44,384     130,670     152,370 5.75  3.97  2.89       2,552      5,184     4,410
Loans and leases, net of unearned             
 income (1)(3)(4)(5).........................   13,640,565  12,360,633  11,177,299 9.10  8.31  8.24   1,241,954  1,027,693   921,235
                                               ----------- ----------- ----------- ----  ----  ----  ---------- ---------- ---------
  Total earning assets.......................   19,090,722  17,842,285  15,999,882 8.28  7.54  7.66   1,580,711  1,346,133 1,226,164
                                               ----------- ----------- ----------- ----  ----  ----  ---------- ---------- ---------
  Non-earning assets.........................    1,182,306   1,133,525   1,067,159
                                               ----------- ----------- -----------
   Total assets..............................  $20,273,028 $18,975,810 $17,067,041
                                               =========== =========== ===========
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY          
Interest-bearing deposits:                    
 Savings deposits............................  $ 2,854,827 $ 3,433,750 $ 2,908,944 2.28  2.19  2.42      65,202     75,125    70,507
 Money market deposits.......................    1,935,157   1,971,263   2,039,937 3.29  2.73  2.65      63,665     53,874    54,028
 Time deposits...............................    7,715,365   7,155,207   7,040,758 5.55  4.37  4.31     428,282    312,877   303,659
                                               ----------- ----------- ----------- ----  ----  ----  ---------- ---------- ---------
  Total interest-bearing deposits............   12,505,349  12,560,220  11,989,639 4.46  3.52  3.57     557,149    441,876   428,194
Short-term borrowed funds....................    3,055,180   2,321,379   1,349,156 5.85  4.24  3.23     178,879     98,476    43,608
Long-term debt...............................    1,127,575     677,227     597,519 6.26  6.04  5.76      70,599     40,927    34,390
                                               ----------- ----------- ----------- ----  ----  ----  ---------- ---------- ---------
  Total interest-bearing liabilities.........   16,688,104  15,558,826  13,936,314 4.83  3.74  3.63     806,627    581,279   506,192
                                               ----------- ----------- ----------- ----  ----  ----  ---------- ---------- ---------
  Demand deposits............................    1,745,827   1,738,508   1,556,411 
  Other liabilities..........................      269,128     231,864     197,370
  Shareholders' equity.......................    1,569,969   1,446,612   1,376,946  
                                               ----------- ----------- -----------
   Total liabilities and shareholders'
    equity...................................  $20,273,028 $18,975,810 $17,067,041
                                               =========== =========== ===========
Average interest rate spread.................                                      3.45  3.80  4.03
Net yield on earning assets..................                                      4.05% 4.29% 4.50% $  774,084 $  764,854 $ 719,972
                                                                                   ====  ====  ====  ========== ========== =========
Taxable equivalent adjustment................                                                        $   32,535 $   28,088 $  26,456
                                                                                                     ========== ========== =========

<CAPTION>                 
                                                         1995 V. 1994                  1994 V. 1993
                                                   ----------------------------  ----------------------------
                                                               CHANGE DUE TO                 CHANGE DUE TO
                                                    INCREASE  -----------------   INCREASE  -----------------
                                                   (DECREASE)   RATE    VOLUME   (DECREASE)   RATE    VOLUME
                                                   ---------- --------  -------  ---------- --------  -------
                                                       FULLY TAXABLE EQUIVALENT--(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                <C>        <C>       <C>      <C>        <C>       <C>
ASSETS
Securities (1):
 U.S. Treasury, government and other (5).........   $24,017   $ 20,309  $ 3,708   $16,392   $(25,199) $41,591
 States and political subdivisions...............    (1,068)      (250)    (818)   (3,655)    (1,698)  (1,957)
                                                   --------   --------  -------   -------   --------  -------
  Total securities (5)...........................    22,949     20,059    2,890    12,737    (26,897)  39,634
Other earning assets (2).........................    (2,632)     1,706   (4,338)      774      1,467     (693)
Loans and leases, net of unearned                 
 income (1)(3)(4)(5).............................   214,261    102,569  111,692   106,458      8,138   98,320
                                                   --------   --------  -------   -------   --------  -------
  Total earning assets...........................   234,578    124,334  110,244   119,969    (17,292) 137,261
                                                   --------   --------  -------   -------   --------  -------
  Non-earning assets.............................    
                                                  
   Total assets.................................. 
                                                  
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY              
Interest-bearing deposits:                        
 Savings deposits................................    (9,923)     3,184  (13,107)    4,618     (7,298)  11,916
 Money market deposits...........................     9,791     10,794   (1,003)     (154)     1,695   (1,849)
 Time deposits...................................   115,405     89,425   25,980     9,218      4,245    4,973
                                                   --------   --------  -------   -------   --------  -------
  Total interest-bearing deposits................   115,273    103,403   11,870    13,682     (1,358)  15,040
Short-term borrowed funds........................    80,403     43,901   36,502    54,868     16,595   38,273
Long-term debt...................................    29,672      1,526   28,146     6,537      1,783    4,754
                                                   --------   --------  -------   -------   --------  -------
  Total interest-bearing liabilities.............   225,348    148,830   76,518    75,087     17,020   58,067
                                                   --------   --------  -------   -------   --------  -------
  Demand deposits................................    
  Other liabilities..............................      
  Shareholders' equity...........................    
                                                  
   Total liabilities and shareholders' equity....  
                                                  
Average interest rate spread.....................                                       
Net yield on earning assets......................  $  9,230   $(24,496) $33,726   $44,882   $(34,312) $79,194
                                                   ========   ========  =======   =======   ========  =======
Taxable equivalent adjustment....................                                                         
</TABLE>
- ----
(1) Yields related to securities, loans and leases exempt from both federal
    and state income taxes, federal income taxes only or state income taxes
    only are stated on a taxable equivalent basis assuming tax rates in effect
    for the periods presented.
(2) Includes Federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale
    agreements or similar arrangements.
(3) Loan fees, which are not material for any of the periods shown, have been
    included for rate calculation purposes.
(4) Nonaccrual loans have been included in the average balances.
(5) Includes assets which were held for sale or available for sale at
    amortized cost.
 
                                     II-28
<PAGE>
 
  For 1995, net interest income represented 76.6% of net revenues (net
interest income plus noninterest income), compared with 76.5% in 1994 and
75.9% in 1993.
 
  Net interest income totaled $741.5 million in 1995, compared with $736.8
million in 1994 and $693.5 million in 1993. There was compression both in the
interest rate spread and margin in 1995. Accordingly, the growth in net
interest income in 1995 and 1994 was primarily a result of growth in average
earning assets.
 
  The taxable equivalent net yield on average earning assets is a primary
measure used in evaluating the effectiveness of the management of earning
assets and funding liabilities. The net yield on average earning assets was
4.05% in 1995, 4.29% in 1994 and 4.50% in 1993. The margin decline during the
past year was caused by aggressive pricing strategies for loans and deposits
in an effort to protect the customer base following conversion.
 
  Southern National uses synthetic instruments commonly known as derivatives
to hedge specified assets and liabilities. These hedges contributed net
interest expense of $10.3 million in 1995, compared with net interest income
of $900,000 in 1994 and $17.1 million in 1993. See "Balance Sheet
Repositioning" for additional discussion of hedging activities.
 
PROVISION FOR LOAN AND LEASE LOSSES
 
  An annual provision for loan and lease losses is charged against earnings in
order to maintain the allowance for loan and lease losses at a level
considered adequate by management to absorb potential losses existing in the
loan portfolio. The provision recorded by Southern National in 1995 was $31.4
million, compared with $17.8 million in 1994 and $53.3 million in 1993.
 
  Southern National has experienced unusually strong asset quality and has
experienced very low levels of net charge-offs since 1991. During the second
half of 1995, many asset quality ratios returned to historically normal
levels. As a result, Southern National increased its provision for loan and
lease losses during 1995. This increase was necessary to maintain an adequate
allowance for loan and lease losses. At December 31, 1995, the allowance stood
at 1.25% of loans and leases outstanding and the coverage ratio of nonaccrual
loans and leases was at 2.80 times. These amounts decreased slightly from the
1994 amounts of 1.31% and 3.65 times, respectively.
 
NONINTEREST INCOME
 
  Noninterest income includes service charges on deposit accounts, trust
revenues, mortgage banking revenues, insurance commissions, gains and losses
on securities transactions, and other commissions and fees derived from
banking and bank-related activities. Over the past five years, noninterest
income has grown at a compound annual rate of 10.5%.
 
  Noninterest income for 1995 totaled $226.4 million, compared with $226.0
million in 1994 and $220.3 million in 1993. Securities losses of $18.6 million
were the primary factor contributing to the flat rate of growth in noninterest
income during 1995. The securities losses were composed primarily of the $19.8
million losses incurred in the first quarter in association with the
securities restructuring discussed in the "Analysis of Financial Condition."
The impact of these securities losses was offset to an extent by a $12.3
million gain on the sale of divested deposits reflected in the table above.
This divestiture was necessary because of antitrust regulations associated
with the Southern National merger with BB&T.
 
  The percentage of total revenues, calculated as net interest income plus
noninterest income excluding securities gains or losses, derived from
noninterest (fee-based) income for 1995 was 25.6%, up from 23.7% 1994.
 
  Service charges on deposit accounts represent the largest single source of
noninterest revenue. Such revenues totaled $89.6 million in 1995, an increase
of $4.5 million or 5.3% from 1994, which in turn represented an increase of
$3.0 million or 3.6% from 1993. Deposit services are repriced annually to
reflect current costs and
 
                                     II-29
<PAGE>
 
competitive factors. The primary factor contributing to the relatively slow
growth in service charges on deposit accounts is the decline in transaction
accounts and the flat growth in total deposits.
 
  Mortgage banking income (which includes servicing fees and profits and
losses from the origination and sale of loans reduced by the amortization of
excess servicing fees receivable) increased $1.5 million or 6.0% to a total of
$26.4 million for 1995. Mortgage banking income totaled $24.9 million in 1994
and $25.1 million in 1993. As discussed in "Note G to the Consolidated
Financial Statements," mortgage banking income was positively affected by the
adoption of SFAS No. 122 during 1995. The implementation of the statement
increased pretax mortgage banking income $7.0 million for the year. Excluding
the impact of the adoption of SFAS No. 122, income from mortgage banking
activities would have decreased $5.1 million, because Southern National
experienced losses from the sale of mortgage loans. Southern National recorded
gains from the origination and sale of mortgages totaling approximately $5.1
million in 1995, including the impact of SFAS No. 122, and losses of $2.0
million in 1994. The 1993 results of operations include the amortization of
$3.9 million of mortgage servicing rights to conform the accounting policies
of certain acquired entities to those of Southern National. Southern National
originated approximately $2.0 billion in home mortgage loans during 1995 and
1994 and $3.0 billion in 1993. The decrease since 1993 is because home
mortgage interest rates were unusually low in 1993, and, as a result,
originations were heavy as homeowners prepaid existing mortgages and
refinanced with new mortgages.
 
  General insurance commissions increased approximately $1.7 million or 12.6%
in 1995 to a total of $15.6 million. General insurance commissions totaled
$13.8 million in 1994 and $11.2 million in 1993. The insurance agencies have
become an increasingly important source of noninterest revenue, and this trend
is expected to accelerate in the future. The network of insurance agencies has
been expanded through acquisitions in recent years. Southern National intends
to continue to expand its insurance agency operations through both
acquisitions and internally generated growth.
 
  The offering of trust services has been a traditional service of both
Southern National and BB&T. Trust revenues from corporate and personal trust
services totaled $18.6 million in 1995. This was an increase of $1.4 million
or 8.4% over the revenues of $17.2 million in 1994, which in turn was an
increase of $2.1 million or 14.3% over the $15.0 million earned in 1993.
Managed assets totaled $4.5 billion at the end of 1995. A strong effort is
being made to expand the corporate trust business, particularly employee
benefit plans. Southern National also offers its own family of mutual funds.
Southern National now manages seven mutual funds, which provide investment
alternatives both for trust clients and for other customers. The broker/dealer
subsidiaries are the principal marketing agents of Southern National's
proprietary mutual funds.
 
  Other nondeposit fees and commissions increased by $6.0 million to a level
of $60.9 million in 1995 compared with $54.9 million for 1994. Major sources
of nondeposit fees and commissions generating the increase were bankcard
income, up $5.6 million from the prior year balance, and bank service fees and
commissions, which increased $3.4 million during 1995. Bank service fees and
commissions include, among other items, investment brokerage income, debit
card interchange fees, safe deposit box rent and rental income from operating
leases.
 
  In recent years both Southern National and BB&T established broker/dealer
subsidiary corporations. Both began to take a more active role in selling
various securities to their customers, with an emphasis being placed on the
sale of fixed-rate debt securities, shares of proprietary mutual funds and
annuities.
 
  Other income was up $6.8 million or 25.2% for 1995 because of a gain
realized during the second quarter on the divestiture of deposits which was
undertaken to comply with antitrust restrictions following the Southern
National merger with BB&T. Excluding the impact of this gain, other income
decreased $5.5 million because of losses on sales of fixed assets. Other
income for 1993 was $26.3 million.
 
  The ability to generate significant additional amounts of noninterest
revenues in the future will be a requisite to the ultimate success of Southern
National. Through its subsidiaries, Southern National will focus on four
 
                                     II-30
<PAGE>
 
primary areas--mortgage banking, trust, insurance and investment brokerage
activities. An important element of the merger of Southern National and BB&T
was the additional marketing capability provided by merging the operations of
the banks and the ability to cross-sell the stronger services of the existing
banks to the customers of the other banks.
 
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                                   TABLE 15
                              NONINTEREST INCOME
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   % CHANGE
                                                                ---------------
                                                                1995 V. 1994 V.
                                      1995      1994     1993    1994    1993
                                    --------  -------- -------- ------- -------
                                      (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                 <C>       <C>      <C>      <C>     <C>
Service charges on deposit ac-
 counts............................ $ 89,621  $ 85,106 $ 82,143     5%      4%
                                    --------  -------- --------
General insurance fees and commis-
 sions.............................   15,572    13,830   11,168    13      24
Trust fees.........................   18,629    17,180   15,034     8      14
Mortgage banking activities........   26,408    24,920   25,116     6      (1)
Other fees and commissions.........   60,869    54,891   43,752    11      25
                                    --------  -------- --------
  Total nondeposit fees and
   commissions.....................  121,478   110,821   95,070    10      17
                                    --------  -------- --------
Securities (losses) gains, net.....  (18,600)    3,074   16,841    NM      NM
Other income.......................   33,851    27,046   26,264    25       3
                                    --------  -------- --------
  Total noninterest income......... $226,350  $226,047 $220,318    --%      3%
                                    ========  ======== ========   ===     ===
</TABLE>
- --------
NM--not meaningful.
 
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
NONINTEREST EXPENSE
 
  Noninterest expense for 1995 increased $89.0 million or 15.3% to a total of
$672.3 million. This followed a decrease of 12.0% in 1994. Certain material
nonrecurring costs and expenses related to merger of Southern National and
BB&T were recorded in 1995, as discussed above. Special accruals and expenses
related to mergers also led to an elevated level of noninterest expense in
1993. The acquisitions of seven savings associations in 1994 and two in 1993
were accounted for as purchases, and, accordingly, prior period history for
these institutions was not restated.
 
  Total personnel expense increased $48.8 million or 16.6% in 1995 compared to
1994. This increase was 4.9% in 1994. The increase during 1995 reflects $59.8
million of nonrecurring merger-related costs. These costs include severance
pay, termination of employment contracts, early retirement packages and other
related benefits. Excluding these nonrecurring charges, total personnel
expense, the largest component of noninterest expense, decreased $11.0 million
to $282.4 million. This decline reflected staff reductions and efficiencies of
scale accomplished as a result of the Southern National/BB&T merger.
 
  Premiums paid to the FDIC for deposit insurance decreased $9.7 million or
29.7% to a total of $23.0 million for 1995. For 1994, the expense increased
$2.0 million or 6.4%. The rate increased from an annual rate of $.12 per $100
of deposits in 1990 to $.23 per $100 of deposits for the period beginning July
1, 1991. However, in 1995, the FDIC reduced the rates paid from $.23 per $100
to $.04 on deposits insured by the Bank Insurance Fund. On January 1, 1996,
the FDIC eliminated the deposit insurance premium. Combined with continued
flat deposit growth, this rate decrease resulted in significant savings on
deposit insurance premiums during the third and fourth quarters of 1995.
 
  Legislation has been proposed that would result in the payment of a one-time
assessment by financial institutions with deposits insured by the Savings
Association Insurance Fund (SAIF). Because of numerous
 
                                     II-31
<PAGE>
 
acquisitions of thrift institutions, approximately 40% of Southern National's
deposits are SAIF-insured. The one-time assessment rate, to be determined by
the FDIC, is expected to be $.80 per $100 of deposits. Commercial banks with
SAIF-insured deposits acquired from thrifts will likely be allowed a reduction
of 20% of the assessment base. This adjustment would be available only to
banks which had less than 50% of their total deposits in the SAIF at June 30,
1995. The pre-tax impact of this one-time assessment on Southern National is
anticipated to be approximately $40.3 million. Southern National will record
this expense when the legislation is enacted.
 
  Net occupancy expense totaled $48.5 million in 1995. This represented an
increase of $4.7 million or 10.8% over the expense of $43.8 million incurred
in 1994, which in turn was 2.8% greater than the expense of $42.6 million
recorded in 1993. Furniture and equipment expense totaled $58.7 million in
1995, compared with $44.3 million in 1994 and $47.5 million in 1993. These
increases reflected in 1995 include $10.4 million of nonrecurring charges
relating to branch closings and the consolidation of bank operations and
systems associated with the Southern National/BB&T merger. Combined occupancy
and equipment expense, excluding nonrecurring charges, for the year increased
$8.7 million or 9.9%, compared to 1994. On-going depreciation of property and
equipment purchased in connection with implementing the merger was a major
component of the increase.
 
  Other noninterest expense increased $30.8 million from 1994 to 1995,
primarily as a result of merger-related expenses. These expenses included
operational charge-offs, branch and departmental supplies, donations, legal
fees, accounting fees, printing costs, regulatory filing fees and professional
services. Excluding the impact of these charges, other noninterest expenses
decreased $6.5 million or 3.9%, primarily because of efficiencies achieved
from the merger.
 
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                                   TABLE 16
                              NONINTEREST EXPENSE
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   % CHANGE
                                                                ---------------
                                                                1995 V. 1994 V.
                                       1995     1994     1993    1994    1993
                                     -------- -------- -------- ------- -------
                                       (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                  <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>     <C>
Salaries............................ $282,213 $237,356 $236,034    19 %     1 %
Employee benefits...................   59,987   56,077   53,453     7       5
                                     -------- -------- --------
  Total personnel expense...........  342,200  293,433  289,487    17       1
                                     -------- -------- --------
Net occupancy expense...............   48,501   43,775   42,597    11       3
Furniture and equipment expense.....   58,657   44,299   47,510    32      (7)
                                     -------- -------- --------
  Total occupancy and equipment
   expense..........................  107,158   88,074   90,107    22      (2)
                                     -------- -------- --------
Federal deposit insurance expense...   22,995   32,697   30,730   (30)      6
Loss on bulk sale of assets.........      --       --    49,147    NM      NM
Other expense.......................  199,950  169,132  203,773    18     (17)
                                     -------- -------- --------
  Total noninterest expense......... $672,303 $583,336 $663,244    15 %   (12)%
                                     ======== ======== ========   ===     ===
</TABLE>
- --------
NM--not meaningful.
 
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES
 
  The maximum combined incremental federal and state statutory tax rate for
Southern National was 40.04%. Because of its investments in tax-exempt loans
and securities and certain tax planning strategies, the effective tax rates
were 32.6% in 1995, 34.5% in 1994 and 39.1% in 1993. The effective tax rate
was higher in 1993 due to the recapture of tax bad debt reserves by merged
savings institutions.
 
 
                                     II-32
<PAGE>
 
  Southern National adopted the provisions of SFAS No. 109 in 1993. The
adoption of the provisions of this statement necessitated a change from the
deferral method of accounting for income taxes to the asset and liability
method. The objective of the asset and liability method is to establish
deferred tax assets and liabilities for the temporary differences between the
financial reporting basis and the tax basis of pretax income at enacted tax
rates expected to be in effect when such amounts are realized or settled. The
change in accounting method enabled Southern National to record a tax benefit
of approximately $6.4 million as the cumulative effect of changes in
accounting principles. The increase in the federal tax rate from 34% to 35% in
1993 had no material impact on Southern National.
 
ASSET/LIABILITY MANAGEMENT
 
  Asset/liability management activities are designed to achieve relatively
stable net interest margins and assure liquidity by coordinating the volumes,
maturities or repricings and interest rate sensitivities of earning assets,
deposits and borrowed funds. It is the responsibility of the Asset/Liability
Management Committee ("ALCO") to determine and achieve the most appropriate
size and mix of earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, as well as
ensure an adequate level of liquidity and capital, while achieving desired
growth in earnings and total assets. The ALCO also sets policy guidelines and
establishes long-term strategies with respect to interest rate exposure and
liquidity. The ALCO meets regularly to review Southern National's interest
rate and liquidity risk exposures in relation to present and prospective
market and business conditions, and adopts funding and balance sheet
management strategies that are intended to assure that the potential impact on
earnings and liquidity of fluctuations in interest rates is within
conservative standards.
 
  A prime objective in interest rate risk management is the avoidance of wide
fluctuations in net interest income through balancing the impact of changes in
interest rates on interest-sensitive assets and interest-sensitive
liabilities. Management uses Interest Sensitivity Simulation Analysis
("Simulation") to measure the interest rate sensitivity of earnings. This
method of analysis is discussed in "Inflation and Changing Interest Rates."
 
  Balance sheet repositioning is the most efficient and cost-effective means
of managing interest rate risk and is accomplished through strategic pricing
of asset and liability accounts. The expected result of strategic pricing is
the development of appropriate maturity and repricing streams in those
accounts to produce consistent net income during adverse interest rate
environments. The ALCO monitors loan, investment and liability portfolios to
ensure comprehensive management of interest rate risk on the balance sheet.
These portfolios are analyzed for proper fixed-rate and variable-rate "mixes"
given a specific interest rate outlook.
 
LIQUIDITY
 
  Liquidity represents a bank's continuing ability to meet its funding needs,
primarily deposit withdrawals, timely repayment of borrowings and other
liabilities and funding of loan commitments. In addition to its level of
liquid assets, many other factors affect a bank's ability to meet liquidity
needs, including access to additional funding sources, total capital position
and general market conditions.
 
  Traditional sources of liquidity include proceeds from maturity of
securities, repayment of loans and growth in core deposits. Federal funds
purchased, repurchase agreements and other short-term borrowed funds
supplement these traditional sources. Management believes liquidity obtainable
from these sources is adequate to meet current requirements.
 
  Total cash and cash equivalents increased to $702.8 million at December 31,
1995 compared to $671.8 million in 1994 and $859.6 million in 1993. Net cash
provided by operating activities for the year decreased from $500.7 million to
$225.8 million. Cash provided by operating activities in 1993 was $346.9
million. The 1995 decrease was primarily the result of significantly higher
net income in the prior year and increases in 1995 in purchases and
originations of loans held for sale, offset by increases in proceeds from
sales of loans held for sale. Net cash flows used in investing activities
decreased from $1.5 billion in 1994 to $527.3 million in 1995. Cash used in
investing activities during 1993 was $1.7 billion. The primary factor creating
the $975.3 million
 
                                     II-33
<PAGE>
 
decline in cash flows used in investing activities during 1995 was a $710.8
million decrease in loan originations, net of principal collected. Activity in
securities added $454.8 million more to cash flows in 1995 compared to 1994.
Cash flows provided by financing activities decreased from $814.0 million to
$332.5 million because of a $1.5 billion decrease in net cash flows related to
short-term borrowed funds, offset by a $650.7 million increase in the net cash
provided by deposits compared to 1994 and a net increase of $399.7 million in
long-term debt activity. In 1993, Southern National's net cash flows provided
from financing activities were $1.4 billion.
 
BALANCE SHEET REPOSITIONING
 
  Southern National uses off-balance sheet financial instruments to manage
interest rate sensitivity and net interest income. These instruments, commonly
referred to as derivatives, primarily consist of interest rate swaps and
collars, floors and ceilings.
 
  Derivatives contracts are written in amounts referred to as notional
amounts. Notional amounts do not represent amounts to be exchanged between
parties and are not a measure of financial risks, but only provide the basis
for calculating payments between the counterparties. On December 31, 1995,
Southern National had outstanding derivatives contracts with notional amounts
totaling $743.4 million. The estimated fair value of open contracts used for
asset/liability management purposes at December 31, 1995, reflected pretax net
unrealized losses of $6.1 million.
 
  The derivatives used at Southern National provide for the exchange of
interest payments between counterparties--either variable for fixed or fixed
for variable. Thus, credit risk arises when amounts receivable from a
counterparty exceed those payable. The risk of loss with any counterparty is
limited to a small fraction of the notional amount. Southern National deals
only with national market makers with strong credit ratings in its derivatives
activities. Southern National further controls the risk of loss by subjecting
counterparties to credit reviews and approvals similar to those used in making
loans and other extensions of credit. All of the derivatives contracts to
which Southern National is a party settle monthly, quarterly or semiannually.
Accordingly, the amount of off-balance sheet credit exposure to which Southern
National is exposed at any time is immaterial. Further, Southern National has
netting agreements with the dealers with which it does business. Because of
these netting agreements, Southern National had a minimal amount of off-
balance sheet credit exposure at December 31, 1995.
 
  Southern National's interest rate sensitivity is illustrated in the
following interest rate sensitivity gap table. The table reflects rate-
sensitive positions at December 31, 1995, and is not necessarily reflective of
positions throughout each year. The carrying amounts of interest-rate-
sensitive assets and liabilities and the notional amounts of swaps and other
derivative financial instruments are presented in the periods in which they
next reprice to market rates or mature and are aggregated to show the interest
rate sensitivity gap. To reflect anticipated prepayments, certain asset and
liability categories are included in the table based on estimated rather than
contractual maturity dates.
 
                                     II-34
<PAGE>
 
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                                   TABLE 17
                    INTEREST RATE SENSITIVITY GAP ANALYSIS
                               DECEMBER 31, 1995
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  EXPECTED REPRICING OR MATURITY DATE
                          -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                               WITHIN             ONE TO            TWO TO           AFTER FIVE
                              ONE YEAR          TWO YEARS         FIVE YEARS           YEARS              TOTAL
                          -----------------  -----------------  ----------------  -----------------  ----------------
                            AMOUNT     RATE    AMOUNT     RATE    AMOUNT    RATE    AMOUNT    RATE     AMOUNT    RATE
                          -----------  ----  -----------  ----  ----------  ----  ----------  -----  ----------- ----
                                                        (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                       <C>          <C>   <C>          <C>   <C>         <C>   <C>         <C>    <C>         <C>
ASSETS
 Securities and other
  interest-earning
  assets*...............  $ 2,027,791  6.02% $   697,084  6.54% $2,085,758  6.71% $  494,672   7.16% $ 5,305,305 6.47%
 Federal funds sold.....      118,977  5.50          --    --          --    --          --     --       118,977 5.50
 Loans and leases.......    8,743,557  8.98    1,456,900  8.35   2,558,912  8.23   1,053,116  10.43   13,812,485 8.89
                          -----------  ----  -----------  ----  ----------  ----  ----------  -----  ----------- ----
TOTAL INTEREST-EARNING
 ASSETS.................   10,890,325          2,153,984         4,644,670         1,547,788          19,236,767
                          -----------  ----  -----------  ----  ----------  ----  ----------  -----  ----------- ----
LIABILITIES
 Time deposits..........    6,476,175  5.55    1,014,498  6.14     654,955  6.35      11,405   3.95    8,157,033 5.69
 Savings and interest
  checking**............          --    --       954,893  2.18     318,298  2.18     318,297   2.18    1,591,488 2.18
 Money market
  accounts**............    1,524,905  3.51    1,524,905  3.51         --    --          --     --     3,049,810 3.51
 Federal funds
  purchased.............    1,501,682  5.52          --    --          --    --          --     --     1,501,682 5.52
 Other borrowings.......    2,094,425  5.30       87,093  7.56     191,001  6.49       1,019   9.26    2,373,538 5.48
                          -----------  ----  -----------  ----  ----------  ----  ----------  -----  ----------- ----
TOTAL INTEREST-BEARING
 LIABILITIES............   11,597,187          3,581,389         1,164,254           330,721          16,673,551
                          -----------        -----------        ----------        ----------         -----------
ASSET-LIABILITY GAP.....  $  (706,862)       $(1,427,405)       $3,480,416        $1,217,067
                          -----------        -----------        ----------        ----------
DERIVATIVES AFFECTING
 INTEREST RATE
 SENSITIVITY
 Pay fixed interest rate
  swaps.................      311,888  5.38      (15,947) 8.14    (291,272) 5.30      (4,669)  5.98
 Receive fixed interest
  rate swaps............     (100,000) 4.66       75,000  6.24      25,000  6.70         --     --
 Basis swaps............     (250,000) 5.76          --    --          --    --      250,000   5.81
                          -----------        -----------        ----------        ----------
INTEREST RATE
 SENSITIVITY GAP........  $  (744,974)       $(1,368,352)       $3,214,144        $1,462,398
                          ===========        ===========        ==========        ==========
CUMULATIVE INTEREST RATE
 SENSITIVITY GAP........  $  (744,974)       $(2,113,326)       $1,100,818        $2,563,216
                          ===========        ===========        ==========        ==========
</TABLE>
- --------
 * Securities based on amortized cost.
** Projected runoff of non-maturity deposits was computed based upon decay
   rate assumptions developed by bank regulators to assist banks in addressing
   FDICIA rule 305.
 
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
INFLATION AND CHANGING INTEREST RATES
 
  The majority of assets and liabilities of financial institutions are
monetary in nature and, therefore, differ greatly from most commercial and
industrial companies that have significant investments in fixed assets or
inventories. Fluctuations in interest rates and the efforts of the Board of
Governors of the Federal Reserve System ("FRB") to regulate money and credit
conditions have a greater effect on a financial institution's profitability
than do the effects of higher costs for goods and services. Through its
balance sheet management function, Southern National is positioned to respond
to changing interest rates and inflationary trends.
 
  Simulation Analysis takes into account the current contractual agreements
that Southern National has made with its customers on deposits, borrowings,
loans, investments and any commitments to enter into those transactions.
Management monitors Southern National's interest sensitivity by means of a
computer-based asset/liability model that incorporates current volumes and
rates, maturity streams, repricing opportunities and anticipated growth. The
model calculates an earnings estimate based on current portfolio balances and
rates, less
 
                                     II-35
<PAGE>
 
any balances that are scheduled to reprice or mature. Balances and rates that
will replace the previous balances and any anticipated growth are added. This
level of detail is needed to correctly simulate the effect that changes in
interest rates and anticipated balances will have on the earnings of Southern
National. This method is subject to the assumptions that underlie the process,
but it provides a better illustration of true earnings potential than other
analyses such as static or dynamic gap.
 
  The asset/liability management process involves various analyses. Management
determines the most likely outlook for the economy and interest rates by
analyzing environmental factors including regulatory changes, monetary and
fiscal policies and the overall state of the economy. Southern National's
current and prospective liquidity position, current balance sheet volumes and
projected growth, accessibility of funds for short-term needs and capital
maintenance are all considered, given the current environmental situation.
Management proceeds by analyzing interest rate sensitivity, risk-based capital
requirements and results from past strategies to develop a strategy to meet
performance goals.
 
  The following table represents the sensitivity position of Southern National
as of a point in time. This position can be modified by management within a
short time period if necessary. This tabular data does not reflect the impact
of a change in the credit quality of Southern National's assets and
liabilities. To attempt to quantify the potential change in net income, given
a change in interest rates, various interest rate scenarios are applied to the
projected balances, maturities and repricing opportunities. The resulting
change in net income reflects the level of sensitivity that net income has in
relation to changing interest rates.
 
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                                   TABLE 18
                   INTEREST SENSITIVITY SIMULATION ANALYSIS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
             INTEREST                                                               ANNUALIZED
               RATE                                                                 PERCENTAGE
             SCENARIO                                                               CHANGE IN
            -----------                                                            NET INTEREST
              LINEAR                      PRIME                                       INCOME
            -----------                   -----                                    ------------
            <S>                           <C>                                      <C>
              +3.00%                      11.50%                                        1.0%
              +1.50                       10.00                                         0.7
            Most likely                    8.50                                          --
              -1.50                        7.00                                        (0.4)
              -3.00                        5.50                                        (1.1)
</TABLE>
 
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  Management has established parameters for asset/liability management which
proscribe a maximum impact on net interest income of 3% for a 150 basis point
change over six months from the most likely interest rate scenario, and no
more than a maximum 6% for a 300 basis point change over 12 months. It is
management's ongoing objective to effectively manage the impact of changes in
interest rates and minimize the resulting effect on earnings as evidenced by
the preceding table.
 
CAPITAL ADEQUACY AND RESOURCES
 
  The maintenance of appropriate levels of capital is a management priority.
Overall capital adequacy is monitored on an ongoing basis by management and
reviewed regularly by the Board of Directors. Southern National's principal
capital planning goals are to provide an adequate return to shareholders while
retaining a sufficient base from which to provide future growth and compliance
with all regulatory standards.
 
  Shareholders' equity grew 11.9% in 1995 and 7.0% in 1994. Additional equity
has come from the retention of earnings and from new shares of stock issued
under employee benefit and stock option plans and the dividend
 
                                     II-36
<PAGE>
 
reinvestment plan. The conversion of convertible debentures to common stock
generated an additional $4.9 million in 1995. Southern National adopted SFAS
No. 115, "Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities,"
in 1995. The provisions of this statement require securities classified as
available for sale be carried at estimated fair value with net unrealized
appreciation or depreciation recorded as an adjustment to shareholders'
equity. At the end of 1995, Southern National had recorded net unrealized
appreciation of $31.2 million, net of tax.
 
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                                   TABLE 19
                        CAPITAL--COMPONENTS AND RATIOS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            DECEMBER 31,
                                                       ------------------------
                                                          1995         1994
                                                       -----------  -----------
                                                       (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
     <S>                                               <C>          <C>
     Tier 1 capital................................... $ 1,593,366  $ 1,513,090
     Tier 2 capital...................................     153,279      158,484
                                                       -----------  -----------
     Total regulatory capital......................... $ 1,746,645  $ 1,671,574
                                                       ===========  ===========
     Risk-based capital ratios:
       Tier 1 capital.................................        13.0%        12.3%
       Total regulatory capital.......................        14.3         13.6
       Tier 1 leverage ratio..........................         7.8          7.8
</TABLE>
 
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  Traditionally, Southern National has been considered to be strongly
capitalized. The ratio of shareholders' equity to year-end assets was 8.2% at
the end of 1995, compared with 7.5% a year earlier. While management views the
equity-to-assets ratio as the principal indicator of capital strength,
additional measures are used by regulators. Bank holding companies and their
subsidiaries are subject to risk-based capital measures. The risk-based
capital ratios measure the relationship of capital to a combination of balance
sheet and off-balance sheet credit risk. The values of both balance sheet and
off-balance sheet items are adjusted to reflect credit risk.
 
  Tier 1 capital is required to be at least 4% of risk-weighted assets, and
total capital must be at least 8% of risk-weighted assets. The Tier 1 capital
ratio for Southern National at the end of 1995 was 13.0%, and the total
capital ratio was 14.3%. At the end of 1994, those ratios were 12.3% and
13.6%, respectively.
 
  Another measure used by regulators is the leverage ratio which is the ratio
of tangible equity to tangible assets. The minimum required leverage ratio for
a well-capitalized bank is 3%, while the leverage ratio for Southern National
was 7.8% at the end of 1995 and 7.8% at the end of 1994.
 
  On January 11, 1996, the Corporation announced a plan to repurchase up to
4.3 million shares of its common stock. This repurchase program, which is
discussed further in "Stock and Dividends," is expected to reduce the Tier 1
and total capital ratios by approximately 1%.
 
                                     II-37
<PAGE>
 
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                                   TABLE 20
                        SELECTED EQUITY DATA AND RATIOS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       1995    1994    1993
                                                      ------  ------  ------
<S>                                                   <C>     <C>     <C>
Book value per common share at year end.............. $15.52  $13.92  $13.14
Book value per common share percentage increase (de-
 crease) over prior year end.........................  11.49%   5.94%  (0.61)%
Common dividends per share as a percentage increase
 over prior year end.................................  16.22   15.63   28.00
Equity at year end to year end:
  Total assets.......................................   8.17    7.54    7.42
  Net loans and leases*..............................  12.27   11.57   11.59
  Deposits...........................................  11.40   10.45    9.58
  Equity and long-term debt..........................  54.74   62.17   62.56
</TABLE>
- --------
* Amounts are net of unearned income and the allowance for loan and lease
  losses and include loans held for sale.
 
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
STOCK AND DIVIDENDS
 
  The management of Southern National continually monitors capital for
adequacy to provide a foundation for future asset growth and to promote
investor and depositor confidence. At the end of 1995, Southern National had
103.4 million shares of common stock issued and outstanding compared to 102.2
million shares outstanding at the previous year end.
 
  Southern National's ability to pay dividends is primarily dependent on
earnings from operations, the adequacy of capital and the availability of
liquid assets for distribution. The parent company's ability to replenish
liquid assets available for distribution is primarily dependent on the ability
of the banking subsidiaries to pay dividends to the parent company.
Historically, Southern National's cash dividends have been approximately one
third of earnings resulting from management's goal to retain sufficient
capital to support future growth and to meet regulatory requirements while
providing a competitive return on investment to shareholders. Southern
National's common dividend payout ratio, computed by dividing dividends per
common share by earnings available per common share, was 51.8% in 1995.
Excluding the impact of the nonrecurring merger-related charges discussed in
"Analysis of Results of Operations," the dividend payout ratio would have been
35.8%. Southern National's quarterly cash dividend per common share was
increased 15% after the second quarter to $.23 per common share. This increase
marked the 23nd consecutive year that cash dividends have been increased. A
discussion of dividend restrictions is included in Note N--"Regulatory
Requirements and Other Restrictions."
 
  Southern National's common stock is traded on the New York Stock Exchange
("NYSE") under the symbol "SNB." The accompanying table, "Quarterly Common
Stock Summary," sets forth the high, low and last sales prices for the common
stock as reported on the NYSE Composite Tape and the cash dividends paid per
share of common stock for each of the last eight quarters.
 
                                     II-38
<PAGE>
 
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                                   TABLE 21
                        QUARTERLY COMMON STOCK SUMMARY
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                               1995                           1994
                  ------------------------------ ------------------------------
                      SALES PRICES                   SALES PRICES
                  -------------------- DIVIDENDS -------------------- DIVIDENDS
                   HIGH   LOW    LAST    PAID     HIGH   LOW    LAST    PAID
                  ------ ------ ------ --------- ------ ------ ------ ---------
<S>               <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>       <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>
Quarter Ended
  March 31....... $22.38 $18.88 $19.88   $0.20   $20.50 $18.38 $19.13   $0.17
  June 30........  24.13  19.88  24.00    0.20    21.88  18.88  20.00    0.17
  September 30...  27.13  23.63  26.25    0.23    21.88  20.00  20.75    0.20
  December 31....  27.00  25.63  26.25    0.23    21.13  17.13  19.13    0.20
    Year.........  27.13  18.88  26.25    0.86    21.88  17.13  19.13    0.74
</TABLE>
 
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  At December 31, 1995, Southern National had 733,869 shares of 6.75%
Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock, Series A issued and outstanding in the
form of 2,935,476 depositary shares, at a stated value of $25 per depositary
share. Each depositary share represents a one-quarter interest in a preferred
share and is convertible at the option of the holder into 1.4767 shares of
common stock. On February 28, 1996, Southern National announced that the
preferred stock would be redeemed on March 29, 1996, at the redemption price
of $104.5 per share. In order to facilitate the preferred stock redemption,
Southern National repurchased 4.3 million shares of common stock during the
first quarter of 1996 to be used in the anticipated conversion of preferred
stock.
 
FOURTH QUARTER RESULTS
 
  Net income for the fourth quarter of 1995 was $70.1 million, compared to
earnings of $62.6 million for the prior year. On a per share basis, fully
diluted net income was $.64 for the current quarter compared to $.58 a year
ago. Annualized returns on average assets and average common equity were 1.36%
and 17.35%, respectively, for the fourth quarter. The primary factor driving
the improvement in 1995 was $7.4 million of savings in noninterest expense,
which reflects the realization of efficiencies from the Southern National/BB&T
merger.
 
  In the fourth quarter of 1995, net interest income fully-taxable equivalent
("FTE") was $198.1 million compared to a 1994 fourth quarter balance of $197.5
million. This increase resulted from growth in average earning assets, offset
by a decrease in the net yield FTE.
 
  The accompanying table, "Quarterly Financial Summary--Unaudited," presents
condensed information relating to eight quarters in the period ended December
31, 1995.
 
                                     II-39
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                                    TABLE 22
                     QUARTERLY FINANCIAL SUMMARY--UNAUDITED
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              1995                                             1994
                         -----------------------------------------------  -----------------------------------------------
                                                                                                    SECOND
                           FOURTH       THIRD      SECOND       FIRST       FOURTH       THIRD      QUARTER      FIRST
                           QUARTER     QUARTER     QUARTER     QUARTER      QUARTER     QUARTER     QUARTER     QUARTER
                         ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------  ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
                                                  (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                      <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>          <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
CONSOLIDATED SUMMARY OF
 OPERATIONS
Net interest income
 FTE...................  $   198,106 $   192,785 $   192,920 $   190,273  $   197,512 $   193,577 $   188,327 $   185,438
FTE adjustment.........        8,611       8,514       7,958       7,452        7,248       7,001       7,061       6,778
Provision for loan and
 lease losses..........       10,400       7,000       7,000       7,000        7,104       2,339       2,902       5,501
Securities gains (loss-
 es), net..............          131       1,114         --      (19,845)           7         919         627       1,521
Noninterest income.....       60,695      60,451      67,377      56,427       58,264      54,841      52,618      57,250
Noninterest expense....      138,701     144,743     159,903     228,956      146,138     144,080     145,140     147,978
Provision for income
 taxes.................       31,130      31,613      27,528      (4,208)      32,651      33,766      29,361      28,981
                         ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------  ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
Net income (loss)......  $    70,090 $    62,480 $    57,908 $   (12,345) $    62,642 $    62,151 $    57,108 $    54,971
                         =========== =========== =========== ===========  =========== =========== =========== ===========
Fully diluted income
 (loss) per share......  $      0.64 $      0.57 $      0.53 $     (0.13) $      0.58 $      0.58 $      0.53 $      0.52
                         =========== =========== =========== ===========  =========== =========== =========== ===========
SELECTED AVERAGE BAL-
 ANCES
Assets.................  $20,439,534 $20,609,158 $20,250,286 $19,782,219  $19,524,878 $19,071,278 $18,712,128 $18,550,660
Securities, at amor-
 tized cost............    5,321,514   5,452,924   5,466,584   5,382,220    5,449,499   5,350,772   5,410,458   5,218,880
Loans and leases *.....   13,915,553  13,889,121  13,543,229  13,203,804   12,865,637  12,424,214  12,082,232  12,060,904
Total earning assets...   19,289,285  19,373,078  19,057,370  18,632,839   18,389,384  17,958,437  17,601,661  17,436,117
Deposits...............   14,221,698  14,211,266  14,314,915  14,257,659   14,334,248  14,330,620  14,221,620  14,307,119
Short-term borrowed
 funds.................    2,930,923   3,201,200   3,219,920   2,866,363    2,643,910   2,445,588   2,232,787   1,954,290
Long-term debt.........    1,376,756   1,309,932     910,946     905,484      807,457     610,943     630,600     659,225
Total interest-bearing
 liabilities...........   16,639,774  17,017,201  16,736,208  16,352,460   16,029,882  15,683,955  15,385,668  15,116,022
Shareholders' equity...  $ 1,644,418 $ 1,589,630 $ 1,540,429 $ 1,503,636  $ 1,498,350 $ 1,452,916 $ 1,416,683 $ 1,417,537
                         =========== =========== =========== ===========  =========== =========== =========== ===========
</TABLE>
- --------
* Loans and leases are net of unearned income and include loans held for sale.
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                                     II-40
<PAGE>
 
                 SIX-YEAR FINANCIAL SUMMARY AND SELECTED RATIOS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                         FIVE-YEAR
                                                                                                         COMPOUND
                             1995         1994         1993         1992         1991         1990      GROWTH RATE
                          -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                       (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                       <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
SUMMARY OF OPERATIONS
Interest income.........  $ 1,548,176  $ 1,318,045  $ 1,199,708  $ 1,207,989  $ 1,243,470  $ 1,238,433       4.6%
Interest expense........      806,627      581,279      506,192      589,785      743,322      801,650       0.1
                          -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Net interest income.....      741,549      736,766      693,516      618,204      500,148      436,783      11.2
Provision for loan and
 lease losses...........       31,400       17,846       53,311       62,871       75,844       54,106     (10.3)
                          -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Net interest income af-
 ter provision for loan
 and lease losses.......      710,149      718,920      640,205      555,333      424,304      382,677      13.2
Noninterest income......      226,350      226,047      220,318      185,873      178,016      137,555      10.5
Noninterest expense.....      672,303      583,336      663,244      510,158      435,184      391,978      11.4
                          -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Income before income
 taxes..................      264,196      361,631      197,279      231,048      167,136      128,254      15.6
Provision for income
 taxes..................       86,063      124,759       77,188       84,322       51,593       35,529      19.4
                          -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Income before cumulative
 effect of changes in
 accounting principles..      178,133      236,872      120,091      146,726      115,543       92,725      13.9
 Less: cumulative effect
    of changes in
    accounting
    principles, net
    of income taxes.....          --           --        34,263          --           --           --         NM
                          -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Net income..............  $   178,133  $   236,872  $    85,828  $   146,726  $   115,543  $    92,725      13.9
                          ===========  ===========  ===========  ===========  ===========  ===========
EARNINGS PER COMMON
 SHARE
Average shares outstand-
 ing (000's)
 Primary................      103,982      102,349       99,180       92,766       84,851       81,501       5.0
 Fully diluted..........      109,008      107,399      105,064      100,433       88,276       84,311       5.3
Primary earnings
 Income before
  cumulative effect.....  $      1.66  $      2.26  $      1.16  $      1.53  $      1.36  $      1.14       7.8
 Less: cumulative
  effect................          --           --          0.35          --           --           --         NM
                          -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
 Net income.............  $      1.66  $      2.26  $      0.81  $      1.53  $      1.36  $      1.14       7.8
                          ===========  ===========  ===========  ===========  ===========  ===========
Fully diluted
 Income before
  cumulative effect.....  $      1.64  $      2.21  $      1.16  $      1.48  $      1.33  $      1.12       7.9
 Less: cumulative
  effect................          --           --          0.35          --           --           --         NM
                          -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
 Net income.............  $      1.64  $      2.21  $      0.81  $      1.48  $      1.33  $      1.12       7.9
                          ===========  ===========  ===========  ===========  ===========  ===========
Cash dividends..........  $      0.86  $      0.74  $      0.64  $      0.50  $      0.46  $      0.42      15.4
Shareholders' equity....        15.52        13.92        13.14        13.22        12.17        11.03       7.1
AVERAGE BALANCE SHEETS
Securities at carrying
 value..................  $ 5,394,372  $ 5,340,070  $ 4,670,213  $ 3,998,587  $ 3,336,542  $ 2,825,787      13.8
Loans and leases*.......   13,465,835   12,195,004   11,029,260   10,024,523    9,087,120    8,732,557       9.0
Other assets............    1,412,821    1,440,736    1,367,568    1,339,742    1,252,057    1,206,474       3.2
                          -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
 Total assets...........  $20,273,028  $18,975,810  $17,067,041  $15,362,852  $13,675,719  $12,764,818       9.7
                          ===========  ===========  ===========  ===========  ===========  ===========
Deposits................  $14,251,176  $14,298,728  $13,546,050  $12,601,590  $11,398,365  $10,364,697       6.6
Other liabilities.......    3,324,308    2,553,243    1,546,526    1,416,923    1,206,790    1,438,077      18.2
Long-term debt..........    1,127,575      677,227      597,519      153,064      142,359      144,738      50.8
Common shareholders' eq-
 uity...................    1,497,624    1,372,469    1,302,803    1,125,470      928,205      817,306      12.9
Preferred shareholders'
 equity.................       72,345       74,143       74,143       65,805          --           --         NM
                          -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
 Total liabilities and
  shareholders' equity..  $20,273,028  $18,975,810  $17,067,041  $15,362,852  $13,675,719  $12,764,818       9.7
                          ===========  ===========  ===========  ===========  ===========  ===========
PERIOD END BALANCES
Total assets............  $20,492,929  $19,855,063  $18,858,370  $15,966,986  $14,436,338  $13,012,846       9.5
Deposits................   14,684,056   14,314,154   14,594,952   13,044,173   12,166,090   10,847,996       6.2
Long-term debt..........    1,383,935      910,755      837,241      423,211      417,050      499,187      22.6
Shareholders' equity....    1,674,063    1,496,477    1,398,726    1,266,898    1,024,546      848,763      14.6
SELECTED PERFORMANCE RA-
 TIOS
Rate of return on:
 Average total assets...         0.88%        1.25%        0.50%        0.96%        0.84%        0.73%
 Average common
  shareholders' equity..        11.56        16.88         6.19        12.63        12.45        11.35
Dividend payout.........        51.81        32.74        79.01        32.68        33.82        36.84
Average equity to aver-
 age assets.............         7.74         7.62         8.07         7.75         6.79         6.40
</TABLE>
- --------
* Loans and leases are net of unearned income and the allowance for losses.
  Amounts include loans held for sale.
NM--not meaningful.
 
                                     II-41
<PAGE>
 
              MANAGEMENT'S RESPONSIBILITY FOR FINANCIAL REPORTING
 
  The management of Southern National is responsible for the preparation of
the financial statements, related financial data and other information in this
Annual Report on Form 10-K. The financial statements are prepared in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and include amounts
based on management's estimates and judgment where appropriate. Financial
information appearing throughout this Annual Report on Form 10-K is consistent
with the financial statements.
 
  Southern National's accounting system, which records, summarizes and reports
financial transactions, is supported by an internal control structure which
provides reasonable assurance that assets are safeguarded and that
transactions are recorded in accordance with Southern National's policies and
established accounting procedures. As an integral part of the internal control
structure, Southern National maintains a professional staff of internal
auditors who monitor compliance with and assess the effectiveness of the
internal control structure.
 
  The Audit Committee of Southern National's Board of Directors, composed
solely of outside directors, meets regularly with Southern National's
management, internal auditors and independent public accountants to review
matters relating to financial reporting, internal control structure and the
nature, extent and results of the audit effort. The independent public
accountants and the internal auditors have access to the Audit Committee with
or without management present.
 
  The financial statements have been audited by Arthur Andersen LLP,
independent public accountants, who render an independent opinion on
management's financial statements. Their appointment was recommended by the
Audit Committee, approved by the Board of Directors and ratified by the
shareholders. Their examination provides an objective assessment of the degree
to which Southern National's management meets its responsibility for financial
reporting. Their opinion on the financial statements is based on auditing
procedures which include reviewing the internal control structure to determine
the timing and scope of audit procedures and performing selected tests of
transactions and records as they deem appropriate. These auditing procedures
are designed to provide a reasonable level of assurance that the financial
statements are fairly presented in all material respects.
 
John A. Allison              Scott E. Reed                Sherry A. Kellett
Chairman and                 Chief Financial Officer      Controller
Chief Executive Officer
 
                                     II-42
<PAGE>
 
                   REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
 
To the Shareholders of Southern National Corporation:
 
  We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Southern
National Corporation (a North Carolina corporation) and subsidiaries as of
December 31, 1995 and 1994, and the related consolidated statements of income,
changes in shareholders' equity and cash flows for each of the three years in
the period ended December 31, 1995. These financial statements are the
responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express
an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
 
  We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to
obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of
material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit
also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis
for our opinion.
 
  In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the financial position of Southern National
Corporation and subsidiaries as of December 31, 1995 and 1994, and the results
of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the
period ended December 31, 1995, in conformity with generally accepted
accounting principles.
 
  As explained in Note A to the consolidated financial statements, effective
January 1, 1995, the Company changed its method of accounting for mortgage
servicing rights, and effective January 1, 1994, the Company changed its
method of accounting for investments in debt and equity securities. As
explained in Notes A and L to the consolidated financial statements, effective
January 1, 1993, the Company changed its method of accounting for acquisitions
of thrift institutions, income taxes and postretirement benefits other than
pensions.
 
                                          Arthur Andersen LLP
 
Charlotte, North Carolina,
 January 18, 1996, (except
 with respect to the matter
 discussed in Note J, as to
 which the date is February
 28, 1996).
 
 
                                     II-43
<PAGE>
 
                 SOUTHERN NATIONAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                          CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
 
                           DECEMBER 31, 1995 AND 1994
                 (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         1995         1994
                                                      -----------  -----------
<S>                                                   <C>          <C>
ASSETS
 Cash and due from banks............................. $   582,612  $   637,794
 Interest-bearing bank balances......................       1,172       20,962
 Federal funds sold and securities purchased under
  resale agreements or similar arrangements..........     118,977       13,021
 Securities available for sale.......................   5,201,344    3,459,698
 Loans held for sale.................................     245,280      136,351
 Securities held to maturity (fair value: $159,886 in
  1995 and $1,889,911 in 1994).......................     153,969    1,965,419
 Loans and leases, net of unearned income............  13,567,205   12,971,751
  Allowance for loan and lease losses................    (172,158)    (171,734)
                                                      -----------  -----------
    Loans and leases, net............................  13,395,047   12,800,017
                                                      -----------  -----------
 Premises and equipment, net.........................     312,002      333,069
 Other assets........................................     482,526      488,732
                                                      -----------  -----------
    Total assets..................................... $20,492,929  $19,855,063
                                                      ===========  ===========
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
 Deposits:
  Noninterest-bearing................................ $ 1,885,725  $ 1,843,019
  Interest-bearing...................................  12,798,331   12,471,135
                                                      -----------  -----------
    Total deposits...................................  14,684,056   14,314,154
 Short-term borrowed funds...........................   2,491,285    2,902,528
 Long-term debt......................................   1,383,935      910,755
 Accounts payable and other liabilities..............     259,590      231,149
                                                      -----------  -----------
    Total liabilities................................  18,818,866   18,358,586
                                                      -----------  -----------
 Shareholders' equity:
  Preferred stock, $5 par, 5,000,000 shares
   authorized, issued and outstanding 733,869 in 1995
   and 770,000 in 1994...............................       3,669        3,850
  Common stock, $5 par, 300,000,000 shares
   authorized, issued and outstanding 103,357,440 in
   1995 and 102,215,032 in 1994......................     516,787      511,075
  Paid-in capital....................................     279,204      285,599
  Retained earnings..................................     847,550      775,979
  Loan to employee stock ownership plan and unvested
   restricted stock..................................      (4,314)      (7,442)
  Net unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on
   securities available for sale.....................      31,167      (72,584)
                                                      -----------  -----------
    Total shareholders' equity.......................   1,674,063    1,496,477
                                                      -----------  -----------
    Total liabilities and shareholders' equity....... $20,492,929  $19,855,063
                                                      ===========  ===========
</TABLE>
 
                See notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
                                     II-44
<PAGE>
 
                 SOUTHERN NATIONAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                       CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
 
              FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995, 1994 AND 1993
                 (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  1995        1994      1993
                                               ----------  ---------- ---------
<S>                                            <C>         <C>        <C>
INTEREST INCOME
 Interest and fees on loans and leases........ $1,233,222  $1,021,056  $915,570
 Interest and dividends on securities.........    312,423     291,805   279,728
 Interest on short-term investments...........      2,531       5,184     4,410
                                               ----------  ---------- ---------
  Total interest income.......................  1,548,176   1,318,045 1,199,708
                                               ----------  ---------- ---------
INTEREST EXPENSE
 Interest on deposits.........................    557,149     441,876   428,194
 Interest on short-term borrowed funds........    178,879      98,476    43,608
 Interest on long-term debt...................     70,599      40,927    34,390
                                               ----------  ---------- ---------
  Total interest expense......................    806,627     581,279   506,192
                                               ----------  ---------- ---------
NET INTEREST INCOME...........................    741,549     736,766   693,516
 Provision for loan and lease losses..........     31,400      17,846    53,311
                                               ----------  ---------- ---------
NET INTEREST INCOME AFTER PROVISION FOR LOAN
 AND LEASE LOSSES.............................    710,149     718,920   640,205
NONINTEREST INCOME
 Service charges on deposit accounts..........     89,621      85,106    82,143
 Trust fees...................................     18,629      17,180    15,034
 Mortgage banking activities..................     26,408      24,920    25,116
 Other nondeposit fees and commissions........     76,441      68,721    54,920
 Securities (losses) gains, net...............    (18,600)      3,074    16,841
 Other income.................................     33,851      27,046    26,264
                                               ----------  ---------- ---------
  Total noninterest income....................    226,350     226,047   220,318
                                               ----------  ---------- ---------
NONINTEREST EXPENSE
 Salaries.....................................    282,213     237,356   236,034
 Employee benefits............................     59,987      56,077    53,453
 Net occupancy expense........................     48,501      43,775    42,597
 Furniture and equipment expense..............     58,657      44,299    47,510
 Federal deposit insurance expense............     22,995      32,697    30,730
 Loss on bulk sale of assets..................        --          --     49,147
 Other expense................................    199,950     169,132   203,773
                                               ----------  ---------- ---------
  Total noninterest expense...................    672,303     583,336   663,244
                                               ----------  ---------- ---------
EARNINGS
 Income before income taxes...................    264,196     361,631   197,279
 Provision for income taxes...................     86,063     124,759    77,188
                                               ----------  ---------- ---------
 Income before cumulative effect of changes in
  accounting principles.......................    178,133     236,872   120,091
 Less: cumulative effect of changes in
  accounting principles, net of income taxes..        --          --     34,263
                                               ----------  ---------- ---------
NET INCOME....................................    178,133     236,872    85,828
 Preferred dividend requirements..............      5,079       5,198     5,198
                                               ----------  ---------- ---------
 Income applicable to common shares........... $  173,054  $  231,674 $  80,630
                                               ==========  ========== =========
PER COMMON SHARE
 Net income:
  Primary
   Income before cumulative effect............ $     1.66  $     2.26 $    1.16
   Less: cumulative effect....................        --          --       0.35
                                               ----------  ---------- ---------
    Net income................................ $     1.66  $     2.26 $    0.81
                                               ==========  ========== =========
  Fully diluted
   Income before cumulative effect............ $     1.64  $     2.21 $    1.16
   Less: cumulative effect....................        --          --       0.35
                                               ----------  ---------- ---------
    Net income................................ $     1.64  $     2.21 $    0.81
                                               ==========  ========== =========
 Cash dividends paid per common share......... $     0.86  $     0.74 $    0.64
                                               ==========  ========== =========
</TABLE>
 
                See notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
                                     II-45
<PAGE>
 
                SOUTHERN NATIONAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
          CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
 
             FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995, 1994 AND 1993
                            (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                           SHARES OF                                     RETAINED
                            COMMON        PREFERRED  COMMON   PAID-IN    EARNINGS
                             STOCK          STOCK    STOCK    CAPITAL   AND OTHER*    TOTAL
                          -----------     --------- --------  --------  ----------  ----------
<S>                       <C>             <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>         <C>
BALANCE, JANUARY 1,
 1993...................   90,235,616      $3,850   $451,178  $213,115  $ 598,755   $1,266,898
ADD (DEDUCT)
 Net income.............          --          --         --        --      85,828       85,828
 Common stock issued....   11,863,839         --      59,318    84,921    (11,247)     132,992
 Redemption of common
  stock.................   (1,340,088)        --      (6,700)  (23,571)        (4)     (30,275)
 Reconciliation of
  fiscal year to
  calendar year for
  merged company........       63,927         --         320       191      4,641        5,152
 Cash dividends declared
  by merged companies...          --          --         --        --     (37,101)     (37,101)
 Cash dividends declared
  by Southern National:
 Common stock...........          --          --         --        --     (18,921)     (18,921)
 Preferred stock........          --          --         --        --      (5,198)      (5,198)
 Other..................          --          --         --        770     (1,419)        (649)
                          -----------      ------   --------  --------  ---------   ----------
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31,
 1993...................  100,823,294       3,850    504,116   275,426    615,334    1,398,726
ADD (DEDUCT)
 Net income.............          --          --         --        --     236,872      236,872
 Common stock issued....    2,478,223         --      12,391    26,138        (36)      38,493
 Redemption of common
  stock.................   (1,086,485)        --      (5,432)  (18,130)       --       (23,562)
 Net depreciation on
  securities available
  for sale..............          --          --         --        --     (72,584)     (72,584)
 Cash dividends declared
  by merged companies...          --          --         --        --     (51,652)     (51,652)
 Cash dividends declared
  by Southern National:
 Common stock...........          --          --         --        --     (30,156)     (30,156)
 Preferred stock........          --          --         --        --      (5,198)      (5,198)
 Other..................          --          --         --      2,165      3,373        5,538
                          -----------      ------   --------  --------  ---------   ----------
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31,
 1994...................  102,215,032       3,850    511,075   285,599    695,953    1,496,477
ADD (DEDUCT)
 Net income.............              --      --         --        --     178,133      178,133
 Common stock issued....      3,030,923       --      15,155    33,663        --        48,818
 Redemption of common
  stock.................    (1,993,351)       --      (9,967)  (37,344)       --       (47,311)
 Net appreciation on
  securities available
  for sale..............              --      --         --        --     103,751      103,751
 Preferred stock
  cancellations and
  conversions...........        104,836      (181)       524    (2,714)       --        (2,371)
 Cash dividends declared
  by Southern National:
 Common stock...........            --        --         --        --    (101,483)    (101,483)
 Preferred stock........            --        --         --        --      (5,079)      (5,079)
 Other..................          --          --         --        --       3,128        3,128
                          -----------      ------   --------  --------  ---------   ----------
 BALANCE, DECEMBER 31,
  1995..................    103,357,440    $3,669   $516,787  $279,204  $ 874,403   $1,674,063
                          ===========      ======   ========  ========  =========   ==========
</TABLE>
- --------
*  Includes unrealized losses on equity securities, net unrealized
   appreciation (depreciation) on securities available for sale, unvested
   restricted stock and loan to employee stock ownership plan.
 
                See notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
                                     II-46
<PAGE>
 
                 SOUTHERN NATIONAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
              FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995, 1994 AND 1993
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            1995         1994         1993
                                         -----------  -----------  -----------
<S>                                      <C>          <C>          <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
 Net income............................. $   178,133  $   236,872  $    85,828
 Adjustments to reconcile net income to
  net cash provided by operating
  activities:
  Cumulative effect of changes in
   accounting principles, net of taxes..          --           --       34,263
  Provision for loan and lease losses...      31,400       17,846       53,311
  Depreciation of premises and
   equipment............................      36,024       35,531       41,014
  Amortization of goodwill and other
   intangibles..........................      10,600        2,184       10,741
  Accretion of negative goodwill........      (6,310)      (1,114)        (279)
  Amortization of unearned stock
   compensation.........................       3,128        1,711          730
  Discount accretion and premium
   amortization on securities, net......     (27,193)        (571)      12,328
  Loss (gain) on sales of trading
   account securities, net..............          60         (769)      (1,441)
  Loss (gain) on sales of securities,
   net..................................      18,600       (3,074)     (16,841)
  Loss (gain) on sales of loans and
   mortgage loan servicing rights, net..       2,379        1,327      (15,013)
  Loss (gain) on disposals of premises
   and equipment, net...................       3,971       (1,746)       1,040
  Loss on foreclosed property and other
   real estate, net.....................       4,129          169        4,743
  Loss on bulk sale of assets...........          --           --       49,147
  Proceeds from sales of trading account
   securities, net of purchases.........         (60)         769        1,441
  Proceeds from sales of loans held for
   sale.................................     789,164      596,249      986,343
  Purchases of loans held for sale......    (311,059)     (33,351)     (97,619)
  Origination of loans held for sale,
   net of principal collected...........    (589,413)    (272,115)    (751,936)
  Reconciliation of fiscal year of
   merged companies to calendar year....          --           --        5,267
  Decrease (increase) in:
   Accrued interest receivable..........     (19,415)     (24,207)        (791)
   Other assets.........................         894      (76,910)     (77,186)
  Increase (decrease) in:
   Accrued interest payable.............      10,992        2,880       (4,313)
   Accounts payable and other
    liabilities.........................      89,753       19,008       26,114
                                         -----------  -----------  -----------
    Net cash provided by operating
     activities.........................     225,777      500,689      346,891
                                         -----------  -----------  -----------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
 Proceeds from sales of securities
  available for sale....................   1,290,237      772,597      445,099
 Proceeds from maturities of securities
  available for sale....................   1,087,926      792,590      901,480
 Purchases of securities available for
  sale..................................  (2,531,842)  (1,490,117)  (1,296,653)
 Proceeds from sales of securities held
  to maturity...........................       2,109           --       88,845
 Proceeds from maturities of securities
  held to maturity......................     288,191      460,987      654,724
 Purchases of securities held to
  maturity..............................      (8,103)    (862,317)  (1,541,558)
 Leases made to customers...............     (18,091)     (44,379)     (43,034)
 Principal collected on leases..........      14,620       41,661       34,750
 Loan originations, net of principal
  collected.............................    (432,962)  (1,143,769)    (952,556)
 Purchases of loans.....................    (189,997)     (27,864)      (3,907)
 Net cash acquired in transactions
  accounted for under the purchase
  method of accounting..................          --        2,262       72,939
 Proceeds from disposals of premises and
  equipment.............................      16,373        6,897        4,507
 Purchases of premises and equipment....     (57,147)     (70,695)    (101,347)
 Proceeds from sales of foreclosed
  property..............................      11,979       27,413       69,968
 Investment in other real estate held
  for development or sale...............          --           --       (4,139)
 Proceeds from sales of other real
  estate held for development or sale...       1,728        9,519           --
 Other..................................      (2,287)      22,696      (38,747)
                                         -----------  -----------  -----------
    Net cash used in investing
     activities.........................    (527,266)  (1,502,519)  (1,709,629)
                                         -----------  -----------  -----------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
 Net increase (decrease) in deposits....     369,902     (280,798)     290,050
 Net (decrease) increase in short-term
  borrowed funds........................    (411,243)   1,097,996      751,329
 Proceeds from long-term debt...........   2,945,052      356,439      588,082
 Repayments of long-term debt...........  (2,471,872)    (282,925)    (230,724)
 Net proceeds from common stock issued..      43,781       23,630      113,160
 Common and preferred stock acquired and
  retired...............................     (49,682)     (23,562)     (30,275)
 Cash dividends paid on common and
  preferred stock.......................     (93,465)     (76,805)     (61,056)
                                         -----------  -----------  -----------
    Net cash provided by financing
     activities.........................     332,473      813,975    1,420,566
                                         -----------  -----------  -----------
 NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND
  CASH EQUIVALENTS......................      30,984     (187,855)      57,828
 CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT BEGINNING
  OF YEAR...............................     671,777      859,632      801,804
                                         -----------  -----------  -----------
 CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT END OF
  YEAR.................................. $   702,761  $   671,777  $   859,632
                                         ===========  ===========  ===========
 
                See notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW
 INFORMATION:
Cash paid during the year for:
 Interest............................... $   795,635  $   579,180  $   506,839
 Income taxes...........................     110,638      143,416      119,880
Noncash financing and investing
 activities:
 Transfer of securities from held to
  maturity to available for sale........   1,560,412           --           --
 Transfer of loans to foreclosed
  property..............................       9,567       20,358       32,112
 Transfer of fixed assets to other real
  estate owned..........................      21,846           --           --
 Capital lease obligation...............          --           --        1,285
 Securitization of mortgage loans.......     354,882        7,497        4,311
                                         ===========  ===========  ===========
</TABLE>
 
                                     II-47
<PAGE>
 
                SOUTHERN NATIONAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                  NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
             FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995, 1994 AND 1993
 
  Southern National Corporation ("Southern National" or "Parent Company") is a
multi-bank holding company organized under the laws of North Carolina and
registered with the Federal Reserve Board under the Bank Holding Company Act
of 1956, as amended. Branch Banking and Trust Company ("BB&T-NC"), Branch
Banking and Trust Company of South Carolina ("BB&T-SC") and Commerce Bank
("Commerce") (collectively, the "Banks" or the "Subsidiaries") comprise the
Parent Company's principal subsidiaries.
 
  The accounting and reporting policies of Southern National Corporation and
Subsidiaries are in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles
and conform to general practices within the banking industry. The following is
a summary of the more significant policies.
 
NOTE A. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
 Principles of Consolidation
 
  The consolidated financial statements of Southern National include the
accounts of the Parent Company and its subsidiaries, substantially all of
which are wholly-owned. In consolidation, all significant intercompany
accounts and transactions have been eliminated. Prior period financial
statements have been restated to include the accounts of companies acquired in
material transactions accounted for as poolings-of-interests. (See Note B.)
Results of operations of companies acquired in transactions accounted for as
purchases are included from the dates of acquisition.
 
  Certain amounts for prior years have been reclassified to conform with
statement presentations for 1995. The reclassifications have no effect on
either shareholders' equity or net income as previously reported.
 
 Nature of Operations
 
  Southern National is a multi-bank holding company headquartered in Winston-
Salem, North Carolina. Southern National conducts its operations in North
Carolina, South Carolina and Virginia primarily through its commercial banking
subsidiaries and, to a lesser extent, through its other subsidiaries. Southern
National's subsidiaries provide a full range of traditional commercial banking
services and additional services including investment brokerage, insurance and
leasing. Substantially all of Southern National's loans are to businesses and
individuals in the Carolinas.
 
 Securities
 
  On January 1, 1994, Southern National adopted Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 115, "Accounting for Certain Investments in
Debt and Equity Securities." SFAS No. 115 addresses the accounting and
reporting for investments in equity securities that have readily determinable
fair values and for all investments in debt securities. These investments are
to be classified in one of three categories: held to maturity, available for
sale and trading. At January 1, 1994, $3.0 billion of securities, with a
market value of $3.1 billion, were classified as available for sale, and,
accordingly, $22.3 million, net of tax, was recorded as an adjustment to
shareholders' equity.
 
  Debt securities acquired with both the intent and ability to be held to
maturity are classified as held to maturity and reported at amortized cost.
Gains or losses realized from the sale of securities held to maturity, if any,
are determined by specific identification and are included in noninterest
income.
 
  Securities, which may be used to meet liquidity needs arising from
unanticipated deposit and loan fluctuations, changes in regulatory capital and
investment requirements, or unforeseen changes in market conditions, including
interest rates, market values or inflation rates, are classified as available
for sale. Securities
 
                                     II-48
<PAGE>
 
available for sale are reported at estimated fair value, with unrealized gains
and losses reported as a separate component of shareholders' equity, net of
tax. Gains or losses realized from the sale of securities available for sale
are determined by specific identification and are included in noninterest
income.
 
  Trading account securities, of which none were held on December 31, 1995 and
1994, are selected according to fundamental and technical analyses that
identify potential market movements. Trading account securities are positioned
to take advantage of such movements and are reported at fair value. Market
adjustments, fees, gains or losses and interest income earned on trading
account securities are included in noninterest income. Gains or losses
realized from the sale of trading securities are determined by specific
identification.
 
  During the fourth quarter of 1995, Southern National transferred $1.5
billion of securities which were previously classified as held to maturity
under SFAS No. 115 to the available-for-sale category. In November, 1995, the
Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") provided enterprises the
opportunity to make a one-time reassessment of the classification of all
investment securities held at the time of the reassessment, such that the
reclassification of any security from the held-to-maturity category would not
call into question the enterprise's intent to hold other debt securities to
maturity in the future. Management anticipates that this classification will
allow more flexibility in the day-to-day management of the overall portfolio
than the prior classifications.
 
 Loans Held for Sale
 
  Loans held for sale are reported at the lower of cost or market value on an
aggregate loan basis. Gains or losses realized on the sales of loans are
recognized at the time of sale and are determined by the difference between
the net sales proceeds and the carrying value of the loans sold, adjusted for
any yield differential and a normal servicing fee. Any resulting deferred
premium or discount is amortized, as an adjustment of servicing income, over
the estimated lives of the loans using the level-yield method.
 
 Loans and Lease Receivables
 
  Loans receivable that management has the intent and ability to hold for the
foreseeable future or until maturity or payoff are reported at their
outstanding principal balance adjusted for any deferred fees or costs on
originated loans and unamortized premiums or discounts. The net amount of
nonrefundable loan origination fees, including commitment fees, and certain
direct costs associated with the lending process is deferred and amortized to
interest income over the contractual lives of the loans using methods which
approximate level-yield, with adjustments for prepayments as they occur. If
the commitment expires unexercised, the income is recognized upon expiration
of the commitment. Discounts and premiums are amortized to interest income
over the estimated life of the loans using methods which approximate level-
yield.
 
  Commercial loans and substantially all installment loans accrue interest on
the unpaid balance of the loans. Lease receivables consist primarily of direct
financing leases on rolling stock, equipment and real property. Lease
receivables are stated as the total amount of lease payments receivable plus
guaranteed residual values, less unearned income. Recognition of income over
the lives of the lease contracts approximates the level-yield method.
 
 Allowance for Losses
 
  The provision for loan and lease losses charged to noninterest expense is
the estimated amount required to maintain the allowance for loan and lease
losses at a level adequate to cover estimated incurred losses related to loans
and leases currently outstanding. The primary factors considered in
determining the allowance are the distribution of loans by risk class, the
amount of the allowance specifically allocated to nonperforming loans and
other problem loans, prior years' loan loss experience, economic conditions in
Southern National's market areas and the growth of the credit portfolio. While
management uses the best information available in establishing the allowance
for losses, future adjustments to the allowance may be necessary if economic
conditions differ substantially from the assumptions used in making the
valuations or if required by regulators based upon information at the time of
their examinations. Such adjustments to original estimates, as necessary, are
made in
 
                                     II-49
<PAGE>
 
the period in which these factors and other relevant considerations indicate
that loss levels may vary from previous estimates.
 
 Nonperforming Assets
 
  Nonperforming assets include loans and leases on which interest is not being
accrued and foreclosed property. Foreclosed property consists of real estate
and other assets acquired through customers' loan defaults.
 
  Commercial and unsecured consumer loans and leases are generally placed on
nonaccrual status when concern exists that principal or interest is not fully
collectible, or when any portion of principal or interest becomes 90 days past
due, whichever occurs first. Mortgage loans and most other consumer loans past
due 90 days or more may remain on accrual status if management determines that
concern over the collectability of principal and interest is not significant.
When loans are placed on nonaccrual status, interest receivable is reversed
against interest income in the current period. Interest payments received
thereafter are applied as a reduction to the remaining principal balance when
concern exists as to the ultimate collection of the principal. Loans and
leases are removed from nonaccrual status when they become current as to both
principal and interest and when concern no longer exists as to the
collectability of principal or interest.
 
  Assets acquired as a result of foreclosure are valued at the lower of cost
or fair value, and carried thereafter at the lower of cost or fair value less
estimated costs to sell the asset. Cost is the sum of unpaid principal,
accrued but unpaid interest and acquisition costs associated with the loan.
Any excess of unpaid principal over fair value at the time of foreclosure is
charged to the allowance for losses. Generally, such properties are appraised
annually and the carrying value, if greater than the fair value, less costs to
sell, is adjusted with a charge to income. Routine maintenance costs, declines
in market value and net losses on disposal are included in other noninterest
expense.
 
 Premises and Equipment
 
  Premises, equipment, capital leases and leasehold improvements are stated at
cost less accumulated depreciation or amortization. Depreciation is computed
principally using the straightline method over the estimated useful lives of
the related assets. Leasehold improvements are amortized on a straightline
basis over the lesser of the lease terms or the estimated useful lives of the
improvements. Capitalized leases are amortized by the same methods as premises
and equipment over the estimated useful lives or the lease term, whichever is
lesser. Obligations under capital leases are amortized using the interest
method to allocate payments between principal reduction and interest expense.
 
 Income Taxes
 
  The operating results of Southern National and its subsidiaries are included
in a consolidated federal income tax return. Each subsidiary pays its
calculated portion of federal income taxes to Southern National, or receives
payment from Southern National to the extent that tax benefits are realized.
Deferred income taxes have been provided where different accounting methods
have been used for reporting for income tax purposes and for financial
reporting purposes. As of January 1, 1993, Southern National adopted SFAS No.
109, "Accounting for Income Taxes," which changed the method of accounting for
income taxes. As a result of adopting SFAS No. 109, Southern National
recognized a cumulative benefit of the change in accounting principle of
$6,368,000. The benefit is included under the caption "Cumulative effect of
changes in accounting principles, net of income taxes" in the Consolidated
Statements of Income. The effect of this change, excluding the cumulative
benefit, for the year ended December 31, 1993, had no incremental effect on
net income or fully diluted earnings per share. The operating results of
acquired institutions were included in their respective income tax returns
prior to consummation of the acquisitions.
 
 Off-Balance Sheet Instruments
 
  Southern National utilizes financial forward and futures contracts, options
written, interest rate caps and floors written and interest rate swaps to
hedge or alter interest rate risk associated with the asset/liability
 
                                     II-50
<PAGE>
 
management, investment, mortgage banking and trading account functions. These
represent future commitments to purchase or sell financial instruments and,
accordingly, the related notional values are not reflected in the Consolidated
Balance Sheets. Amounts receivable or payable under derivative financial
instruments used to manage interest rate risks arising from Southern
National's financial assets and financial liabilities are recognized as income
or expense unless the instrument qualifies for hedge accounting. Gains and
losses on qualifying hedges of existing assets or liabilities are deferred and
are recognized in income as an adjustment of yield. Gains and losses on
terminations of derivatives are deferred and amortized as yield adjustments
over the remaining terms of the hedged asset or liability or the remaining
term of the hedge.
 
 Per Share Data
 
  Primary net income per common share has been computed by dividing net income
applicable to common shares by the weighted average number of shares of common
stock and common stock equivalents of dilutive stock options outstanding
during the years.
 
  Fully diluted net income per common share has been computed by dividing net
income, as adjusted for the interest expense related to convertible debt, by
the weighted average number of shares of common stock, common stock
equivalents and other potentially dilutive securities outstanding during the
years. Other potentially dilutive securities include the number of shares
issuable upon conversion of the preferred stock. Restricted stock grants are
considered as issued for purposes of calculating net income per share.
 
  Weighted average numbers of shares were as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                1995        1994        1993
                                             ----------- ----------- -----------
   <S>                                       <C>         <C>         <C>
   Primary.................................. 103,982,495 102,348,773  99,179,656
   Fully diluted............................ 109,007,628 107,399,466 105,064,145
</TABLE>
 
 Intangible Assets
 
  The cost in excess of the fair value of net assets acquired in transactions
accounted for as purchases (goodwill), premiums paid on acquisitions of
deposits (core deposit intangibles) and other identifiable intangible assets
are included in other assets in the "Consolidated Balance Sheets." Such assets
are being amortized on straightline or accelerated bases over periods ranging
from 5 to 15 years. At December 31, 1995, Southern National had $41.3 million
recorded as goodwill and $8.3 million as core deposit and other intangibles,
net of amortization. Negative goodwill is created when the fair value of the
net assets purchased exceeds the purchase price. Such balances are included in
other liabilities in the "Consolidated Balance Sheets" and are being amortized
over periods ranging from 10 to 15 years. At December 31, 1995, Southern
National had negative goodwill totaling $45.4 million, net of amortization.
 
 Mortgage Servicing Rights
 
  Amounts paid to acquire the right to service certain mortgage loans are
capitalized. These rights are then amortized over the estimated lives of the
loans to which they relate. In May 1995, the FASB issued SFAS No. 122,
"Accounting for Mortgage Servicing Rights," which amends SFAS No. 65,
"Accounting for Certain Mortgage Banking Activities." SFAS No. 122 requires
that mortgage banking enterprises recognize, as separate assets, rights to
service mortgage loans for others, however those servicing rights are
acquired. The statement further requires mortgage banking enterprises to
assess their capitalized mortgage servicing rights for impairment based on the
fair value of those rights. Southern National elected, in the third quarter of
1995, to adopt this statement effective as of January 1, 1995. The impact of
the adoption of this statement resulted in additional mortgage banking income
of $7.0 million, before taxes, or $.04 per fully diluted share, after taxes,
during 1995. SFAS No. 122 prohibits retroactive application to prior years. At
December 31, 1995, Southern National had capitalized mortgage servicing rights
totaling $18.3 million.
 
                                     II-51
<PAGE>
 
 Changes in Accounting Principles and Effects of New Accounting Pronouncements
 
  Effective January 1, 1993, The First Savings Bank, FSB, an entity acquired
by Southern National during 1994, adopted SFAS No. 72, "Accounting for Certain
Acquisitions of Banking or Thrift Institutions." As a result of adopting SFAS
No. 72, a cumulative charge totaling $28,019,000 was recognized in 1993. The
charge is included under the caption "Cumulative effect of changes in
accounting principles, net of income taxes" in the "Consolidated Statements of
Income."
 
  SFAS No. 112, "Employers' Accounting for Postemployment Benefits," which was
adopted by Southern National as of January 1, 1994, establishes accounting
standards for employers who provide benefits to former or inactive employees
after employment but before retirement. The statement requires employers to
recognize the obligation to provide benefits if the obligation is attributable
to employees' services already rendered, employees' rights to those benefits
accumulate or vest, payment of the benefits is probable and the amount can be
reasonably estimated. The implementation did not have a material impact on the
consolidated financial position or consolidated results of operations.
 
  As of January 1, 1995, Southern National adopted SFAS No. 114, "Accounting
by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan," which was amended by SFAS No. 118,
"Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan-Income Recognition and
Disclosures." SFAS No. 114, as amended, requires that impaired loans be
measured based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted
at the loan's effective interest rate, or as a practical expedient, at the
loan's observable market price or the fair value of the collateral if the loan
is collateral-dependent. When the measure of the impaired loan is less than
the recorded investment in the loan, the impairment is recorded through a
valuation allowance. The bank had previously measured the allowance for credit
losses using methods similar to those prescribed in SFAS No. 114. As a result
of adopting these statements, no additional allowance for loan losses was
required as of January 1, 1995.
 
  The total recorded investment for impaired loans at December 31, 1995, was
$21.8 million, offset by a valuation allowance of $3.8 million, which resulted
in a net carrying value of $18.0 million. There were no investments in
impaired loans which did not have a related valuation allowance. The average
recorded investment in impaired loans during 1995 totaled $16.2 million.
Southern National recognizes no interest income on loans that are impaired.
Cash receipts for both principal and interest are applied directly to
principal.
 
  During 1995, the FASB issued SFAS No. 121, "Accounting for the Impairment of
Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to Be Disposed Of." This statement
establishes accounting standards for long-lived assets, certain identifiable
intangibles and goodwill related to those assets to be held and to be disposed
of. The statement requires such assets to be reviewed for impairment whenever
events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an
asset may not be recoverable. Any resulting impairment loss is required to be
reported in the period in which the recognition criteria are first applied and
met. Southern National adopted the provisions of the statement on January 1,
1996. The implementation did not have a material impact on the consolidated
financial position or consolidated results of operations.
 
  In October of 1995, the FASB issued SFAS No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-
Based Compensation," which establishes financial accounting and reporting
standards for stock-based compensation plans. The statement defines a fair
value based method of accounting for an employee stock option or similar
equity instrument and encourages the adoption of that method of accounting.
However, the statement also allows entities to continue to account for such
plans under Accounting Principles Board ("APB") Opinion No. 25. Entities
electing to remain with the accounting in Opinion No. 25 must make pro forma
disclosures of net income and earnings per share as if the fair value based
method of accounting defined in the statement had been applied. Southern
National adopted the statement effective January 1, 1996 and elected to
continue to account for stock-based compensation plans under the provisions of
Opinion No. 25. Therefore, the implementation of the statement did not have an
impact on Southern National's consolidated financial position or consolidated
results of operations.
 
                                     II-52
<PAGE>
 
 Cash and Cash Equivalents
 
  Cash and cash equivalents include cash and due from depository institutions,
interest-bearing bank balances, Federal funds sold and securities purchased
under resale agreements or similar arrangements. Generally, both cash and cash
equivalents are considered to have maturities of three months or less.
 
 Supplemental Disclosures of Cash Flow Information
 
  As referenced in the "Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows," Southern
National acquired assets and assumed liabilities in transactions accounted for
under the purchase method of accounting. The fair values of these assets
acquired and liabilities assumed, at acquisition, were as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       1995    1994      1993
                                                      ---------------  --------
                                                       (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
   <S>                                                <C>    <C>       <C>
   Fair value of net assets acquired................   $ --  $  6,203   $60,099
   Purchase price...................................     --    15,016    43,359
                                                      ------ --------  --------
   Excess of net assets acquired over purchase price
    (purchase price over net assets acquired).......  $  --  $ (8,813)  $16,740
                                                      ====== ========  ========
</TABLE>
 
 Income and Expense Recognition
 
  Items of income and expense are recognized using the accrual basis of
accounting, except for some immaterial amounts.
 
 Use of Estimates in the Preparation of Financial Statements
 
  The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial
statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
NOTE B. ACQUISITIONS AND MERGERS
 
 Completed Acquisitions
 
  On February 24, 1993, Southern National completed the acquisition of First
Fincorp, Inc. (Fincorp), and its wholly-owned subsidiary, First Financial
Savings Bank, Inc. of Kinston, North Carolina. The merger was consummated
through the issuance of 976,065 shares of Southern National common stock for
all of the outstanding common stock of Fincorp for a total purchase price of
$22.3 million, which was approximately the same as the fair value of the net
assets acquired. At the date of acquisition, Fincorp had assets of
approximately $322.0 million.
 
  On May 18, 1993, Southern National completed the acquisitions of Carolina
Savings Bank (Carolina) of Wilmington, North Carolina and Edenton Savings and
Loan Association (Edenton) of Edenton, North Carolina. The transactions
involved simultaneous conversions from mutual to stock associations and
acquisition by Southern National. Southern National sold 735,414 shares of its
common stock to eligible members of the institutions, natural persons in the
communities in which they operated and the public. The net proceeds of
approximately $15.3 million were used to purchase all of the stock of Carolina
and Edenton. Negative goodwill of approximately $5.7 million resulted from the
transactions. At the date of acquisition, Carolina and Edenton had assets of
approximately $142.0 million and $40.0 million, respectively.
 
                                     II-53
<PAGE>
 
  On October 7, 1993, Southern National acquired East Coast Savings Bank,
headquartered in Goldsboro, North Carolina. Southern National issued 1,172,475
shares of common stock in the conversion/merger of this North Carolina-
chartered mutual saving bank and an additional 242,470 shares pursuant to
restricted stock grants.
 
  On October 29, 1993, Southern National completed the acquisition of Mutual
Savings Bank of Rockingham County, SSB (Mutual) of Reidsville, North Carolina.
The transaction involved simultaneous conversion from a mutual to a stock
association and acquisition by Southern National. Southern National sold
313,982 shares of its common stock to eligible members of the institution and
natural persons in the community in which they operated. The net proceeds of
approximately $6.2 million were used to purchase all of the stock of Mutual.
Negative goodwill of approximately $2.9 million resulted from the transaction.
At the date of acquisition, Mutual had assets of approximately $87.0 million.
 
  On November 24, 1993, Southern National completed the acquisition of Old
Stone Bank of North Carolina (Old Stone) of High Point, North Carolina. The
merger was consummated for a cash payment of $58.3 million for all of the
outstanding common stock of Old Stone. Goodwill of approximately $27.7 million
resulted from the transaction. At the date of acquisition, Old Stone had
assets of approximately $537.0 million.
 
  On December 23, 1993, Southern National completed the acquisition of
Citizens Savings Bank, SSB (Citizens Savings) of Mooresville, North Carolina.
The transaction involved a simultaneous conversion from a mutual to a stock
associaton and acquisition by Southern National. Southern National sold
313,883 shares of its common stock to eligible members of the institution and
natural persons in the community in which they operated. The net proceeds of
approximately $5.8 million were used to purchase all of the common stock of
Citizens Savings. Negative goodwill of approximately $1.9 million resulted
from the transaction. At the date of acquisition, Citizens Savings had assets
of approximately $63.0 million.
 
  On June 1, 1994, Southern National completed its acquisition of McLean,
Brady & McLean Agency, Inc. ("McLean") by the issuance of 38,823 shares of
Southern National common stock. In conjunction with the acquisition of McLean,
Southern National recorded $1.1 million of expiration rights which are being
amortized over 10 years.
 
  On June 6, 1994, Southern National completed its acquisition of Leasing
Associates, Inc. ("Leasing") by the issuance of 97,876 shares of Southern
National common stock.
 
  On November 1, 1994, Southern National completed its acquisition of Prime
Rate Premium Finance Corporation, Inc. and related interests, Agency
Technologies, Inc. and IFCO, Inc. ("Prime Rate") by the issuance of 590,406
shares of Southern National common stock. In conjunction with the acquisition
of Prime Rate, Southern National recorded $8.8 million of goodwill which is
being amortized over 15 years.
 
  These acquisitions were accounted for under the purchase method of
accounting, and, therefore, the financial information contained herein
includes data relevant to the acquirees since the date of acquisition.
 
 Mergers
 
  On August 1, 1994, Southern National and BB&T Financial Corporation ("BB&T")
jointly announced the signing of a definitive agreement to merge. The
transaction was accounted for as a pooling-of-interests in which BB&T
shareholders received 1.45 shares of the common stock of the resulting company
for each share of BB&T stock held. The merger of the bank holding companies
was completed on February 28, 1995. On January 10, 1995, Southern National
acquired Commerce through the issuance of 5,210,476 shares of Southern
National common stock for all of the outstanding stock of Commerce.
 
  Several adjustments were required to restate Southern National and BB&T.
Among these were adjustments necessary to implement SFAS No. 106, "Employers'
Accounting for Postretirement Benefits Other than Pensions." SFAS No. 106
allowed employers to recognize the transition obligation associated with
implementation immediately, subject to certain limitations, or on a delayed
basis over the plan participants'
 
                                     II-54
<PAGE>
 
future service periods. Southern National and BB&T elected to treat the
transition obligation differently, and these adjustments conform BB&T's
transition methodology to that elected by Southern National. The cumulative
charge resulting from a change in accounting principle recorded for 1993 was
increased by $7.0 million, net of related income taxes, while noninterest
expenses were reduced by $559,000 for both 1994 and 1993.
 
NOTE C. SECURITIES
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                     DECEMBER 31, 1995                       DECEMBER 31, 1994
                          --------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
                                     GROSS UNREALIZED  ESTIMATED             GROSS UNREALIZED  ESTIMATED
                          AMORTIZED  -----------------    FAIR    AMORTIZED  -----------------    FAIR
                             COST     GAINS    LOSSES    VALUE       COST     GAINS   LOSSES     VALUE
                          ---------- -------- -------- ---------- ---------- ------- --------- ----------
                                                      (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                       <C>        <C>      <C>      <C>        <C>        <C>     <C>       <C>
Securities held to
 maturity:
 U.S. Treasury,
  government and agency
  obligations...........  $    9,461 $    --  $    172 $    9,289 $1,190,558 $   386 $  44,434 $1,146,510
 States and political
  subdivisions..........     144,508    6,194      105    150,597    165,520   2,591     2,156    165,955
 Mortgage-backed
  securities............         --       --       --         --     608,676     102    31,977    576,801
 Other securities.......         --       --       --         --         665       5        25        645
                          ---------- -------- -------- ---------- ---------- ------- --------- ----------
 Total securities held
  to maturity...........     153,969    6,194      277    159,886  1,965,419   3,084    78,592  1,889,911
                          ---------- -------- -------- ---------- ---------- ------- --------- ----------
Securities available for
 sale:
 U.S. Treasury,
  government and agency
  obligations...........   4,013,272   54,400    7,249  4,060,423  3,128,154     788   104,150  3,024,792
 States and political
  subdivisions..........      20,612      257       96     20,773     18,501       9     1,592     16,918
 Mortgage-backed
  securities............     973,339    8,415    4,027    977,727    324,007     617    14,310    310,314
 Other securities.......     142,942        3      524    142,421    108,799     --      1,125    107,674
                          ---------- -------- -------- ---------- ---------- ------- --------- ----------
 Total securities
  available for sale....   5,150,165   63,075   11,896  5,201,344  3,579,461   1,414   121,177  3,459,698
                          ---------- -------- -------- ---------- ---------- ------- --------- ----------
 Total securities.......  $5,304,134 $ 69,269 $ 12,173 $5,361,230 $5,544,880 $ 4,498 $ 199,769 $5,349,609
                          ========== ======== ======== ========== ========== ======= ========= ==========
</TABLE>
 
  Securities with a book value of approximately $2.4 billion and $2.7 billion
at December 31, 1995 and 1994, respectively, were pledged to secure municipal
deposits, securities sold under agreements to repurchase, Federal Reserve
discount window borrowings and for other purposes as required by law.
 
  At December 31, 1995 and 1994, there was no concentration of investments in
obligations of states and political subdivisions that were secured by or
payable from the same taxing authority or revenue source and that exceeded ten
percent of shareholders' equity.
 
  Proceeds from sales of securities during 1995, 1994 and 1993 were $1.3
billion, $772.6 million and $533.9 million, respectively. Gross gains of $2.7
million, $3.6 million and $18.0 million and gross losses of $21.3 million,
$527,000 and $1.1 million were realized on those sales in 1995, 1994 and 1993,
respectively.
 
  The amortized cost and estimated fair value of the securities portfolio at
December 31, 1995, by contractual maturity, are shown in the accompanying
table. Expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities because
borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without
call or prepayment penalties.
 
 
                                     II-55
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 DECEMBER 31, 1995
                                     -----------------------------------------
                                      HELD TO MATURITY    AVAILABLE FOR SALE
                                     ------------------- ---------------------
                                               ESTIMATED            ESTIMATED
                                     AMORTIZED   FAIR    AMORTIZED     FAIR
   TOTAL DEBT SECURITIES               COST      VALUE      COST      VALUE
   ---------------------             --------- --------- ---------- ----------
                                              (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
   <S>                               <C>       <C>       <C>        <C>
   Due in one year or less.......... $ 32,499  $ 32,477  $1,999,431 $2,015,545
   Due after one year through five
    years...........................   86,565    90,190   2,012,333  2,042,853
   Due after five years through ten
    years...........................   34,855    37,165      20,945     21,615
   Due after ten years..............       50        54       1,175      1,183
                                     --------  --------  ---------- ----------
                                      153,969   159,886   4,033,884  4,081,196
   Mortgage-backed securities.......      --        --      973,339    977,727
                                     --------  --------  ---------- ----------
   Total securities................. $153,969  $159,886  $5,007,223 $5,058,923
                                     ========  ========  ========== ==========
</TABLE>
 
NOTE D. LOANS AND LEASES
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             DECEMBER 31,
                                                        -----------------------
                                                           1995        1994
                                                        ----------- -----------
                                                        (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
   <S>                                                  <C>         <C>
   Loans--
     Commercial, financial and agricultural............ $ 2,098,306 $ 2,679,046
     Real estate--construction and land development....     949,513     701,181
     Real estate--mortgage.............................   8,671,941   7,787,792
     Consumer..........................................   1,540,251   1,553,906
                                                        ----------- -----------
       Loans held for investment.......................  13,260,011  12,721,925
                                                        ----------- -----------
     Leases............................................     376,152     304,544
                                                        ----------- -----------
       Total loans and leases..........................  13,636,163  13,026,469
         Less: unearned income.........................      68,958      54,718
                                                        ----------- -----------
       Loans and leases, net of unearned income........ $13,567,205 $12,971,751
                                                        =========== ===========
</TABLE>
 
  The net investment in direct financing leases was $315.5 million and $257.6
million at December 31, 1995 and 1994, respectively. Southern National had
loans held for sale at December 31, 1995 and 1994 totaling $245.3 million and
$136.4 million, respectively.
 
  Southern National's only significant concentration of credit at December 31,
1995 occurred in real estate loans, which totaled $9.6 billion. However, this
amount was not concentrated in any specific market or geographic area other
than Southern National's primary market.
 
  The following table provides an analysis of loans made to directors,
executive officers and their interests, which in the aggregate exceeded
$60,000 at any time during 1995. All amounts shown represent loans made by
Southern National's subsidiary banks in the ordinary course of business at the
Banks' normal credit terms, including interest rate and collateralization
prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with other persons:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
                                                          ----------------------
       <S>                                                <C>
       Balance, December 31, 1994........................        $118,327
       Additions.........................................          76,589
       Repayments........................................          96,578
                                                                 --------
       BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 1995........................        $ 98,338
                                                                 ========
</TABLE>
 
 
                                     II-56
<PAGE>
 
NOTE E. ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN AND LEASE LOSSES
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          DECEMBER 31,
                                                   ----------------------------
                                                     1995      1994      1993
                                                   --------  --------  --------
                                                     (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
   <S>                                             <C>       <C>       <C>
   Balance, January 1............................. $171,734  $169,345  $137,400
   Provision for losses charged to expense........   31,400    17,846    53,311
   Allowances of purchased companies..............      --      1,119    13,310
                                                   --------  --------  --------
     Subtotal.....................................  203,134   188,310   204,021
                                                   --------  --------  --------
   Loans charged-off..............................  (42,475)  (30,070)  (45,618)
   Recoveries.....................................   11,499    13,494    10,942
                                                   --------  --------  --------
     Net charge-offs..............................  (30,976)  (16,576)  (34,676)
                                                   --------  --------  --------
   Balance, December 31........................... $172,158  $171,734  $169,345
                                                   ========  ========  ========
</TABLE>
 
  At December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993, the amount of loans not currently
accruing interest was $61.5 million, $47.0 million and $61.7 million,
respectively, and loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing interest
were $29.1 million, $24.2 million and $21.7 million, respectively. The gross
interest income that would have been earned during 1995 if the outstanding
nonaccrual loans and leases had been current in accordance with the original
terms and had been outstanding throughout the period (or since origination, if
held for part of the period) was approximately $5.7 million. Foreclosed
property was $6.9 million, $12.2 million and $23.5 million at December 31,
1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively.
 
NOTE F. PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             DECEMBER 31,
                                                        -----------------------
                                                           1995        1994
                                                        ----------- -----------
                                                        (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
   <S>                                                  <C>         <C>
   Land and land improvements.......................... $    47,158 $    55,368
   Buildings and building improvements.................     224,469     230,464
   Furniture and equipment.............................     232,349     252,998
   Capitalized leases on premises and equipment........       4,257       6,385
                                                        ----------- -----------
                                                            508,233     545,215
   Less--accumulated depreciation and amortization.....     196,231     212,146
                                                        ----------- -----------
     Net premises and equipment........................ $   312,002 $   333,069
                                                        =========== ===========
</TABLE>
 
  Depreciation expense, which is included in occupancy and equipment expense,
was $36.0 million, $35.5 million and $41.0 million in 1995, 1994 and 1993,
respectively.
 
                                     II-57
<PAGE>
 
  Southern National has noncancellable leases covering certain premises and
equipment. Total rent expense applicable to operating leases was $28.7
million, $21.9 million and $23.8 million for 1995, 1994 and 1993,
respectively. Future minimum lease payments for operating and capitalized
leases for years subsequent to 1995 are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            LEASES
                                                    --------------------------
                                                    OPERATING     CAPITALIZED
                                                    ------------  ------------
                                                    (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
   <S>                                              <C>           <C>
   Year ended December 31:
     1996.......................................... $     18,902    $      513
     1997..........................................       15,443           513
     1998..........................................       12,488           514
     1999..........................................       10,547           514
     2000..........................................        9,793           514
     2001 and years later..........................       65,974         6,518
                                                    ------------    ----------
   Total minimum lease payments.................... $    133,147         9,086
                                                    ============
   Less--amount representing interest..............                      4,961
                                                                    ----------
   Present value of net minimum payments on capi-
    talized leases (Note I)........................                 $    4,125
                                                                    ==========
</TABLE>
 
NOTE G. LOAN SERVICING
 
  Mortgage loans serviced for others are not included in the accompanying
"Consolidated Balance Sheets". The unpaid principal balances of mortgage loans
serviced for others were $5.4 billion and $5.1 billion at December 31, 1995
and 1994, respectively.
 
  The following is a summary of capitalized mortgage servicing rights, net of
accumulated amortization and adjustments necessary to present the balances at
the lower of cost or estimated fair value, which are included in the
"Consolidated Balance Sheets" in other assets:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         CAPITALIZED MORTGAGE
                                                           SERVICING RIGHTS
                                                        ----------------------
                                                        (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
   <S>                                                  <C>
   Balance, December 31, 1994..........................        $ 4,670
     Amount capitalized at acquisition of mortgage
      loans............................................         16,751
     Amortization expense..............................         (2,761)
     Change in valuation allowance.....................           (395)
                                                               -------
   BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 1995..........................        $18,265
                                                               =======
</TABLE>
 
  Capitalized mortgage servicing rights are being amortized on a disaggregated
loan basis using an accelerated method over the estimated life of the
servicing income. The servicing rights portfolio is analyzed each quarter to
identify possible impairment using a disaggregated discounted cash flow
methodology that is stratified by predominant risk characteristics. These
characteristics include stratification based on interest rates in intervals of
150 basis points, type of loan and maturity of loan. Based upon this analysis
for impairment, a valuation allowance of $395,000 was recorded as of December
31, 1995.
 
                                     II-58
<PAGE>
 
NOTE H. SHORT-TERM BORROWED FUNDS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           1995        1994
                                                        ----------- -----------
                                                        (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
   <S>                                                  <C>         <C>
   Federal funds purchased............................. $   812,165 $ 1,381,610
   Term Federal funds purchased........................     350,000         --
   Securities sold under agreements to repurchase......     689,517   1,239,492
   Master notes........................................     396,273     254,269
   U.S. Treasury tax and loan deposit notes payable....      63,588      22,713
   Short-term Federal Home Loan Bank advances..........     175,000         --
   Other short-term borrowed funds.....................       4,742       4,444
                                                        ----------- -----------
     Total short-term borrowed funds................... $ 2,491,285 $ 2,902,528
                                                        =========== ===========
</TABLE>
 
  Federal funds purchased represent unsecured borrowings from other banks and
generally mature daily. Term Federal funds purchased are identical to Federal
funds; however, maturities vary and are greater than one day. Securities sold
under agreements to repurchase are borrowings collateralized by securities of
the U.S. Government or its agencies and have maturities ranging from one to
ninety days. U.S. Treasury tax and loan deposit notes payable are payable upon
demand to the U.S. Treasury. Master notes are unsecured, non-negotiable
obligations of Southern National (variable rate commercial paper). Short-term
Federal Home Loan Bank advances are secured by one to four family residential
mortgage loans and generally mature daily.
 
NOTE I. LONG-TERM DEBT
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             DECEMBER 31,
                                                        ------------------------
                                                            1995        1994
                                                        ------------ -----------
                                                        (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
   <S>                                                  <C>          <C>
   $5 million Industrial Revenue Bond, dated 1984, se-
    cured by premises with a net book value of
    $5,879,000 at December 31, 1995, due in quarterly
    installments of $83,340 through the second quarter
    1999, and one final installment of $82,940 in
    1999. Interest rate is
    variable--76.99% of prime--6.544% at December 31,
    1995..............................................  $      1,250 $    1,583
   Capitalized leases, varying maturities to 2028 with
    rates from 8.11% to 12.65%. This represents the
    unamortized balances due on leases of various fa-
    cilities..........................................         4,125      6,152
   Medium-term bank notes, varying maturities to 1996
    with rates from 4.73% to 4.84%....................       201,979    336,923
   Advances from Federal Home Loan Bank, varying matu-
    rities to 2015 with rates from 1.00% to 8.95%.....     1,175,830    553,796
   9.28%, $20 million senior capital notes, dated
    1986, due in annual installments. The notes were
    paid in full during 1995..........................           --       7,000
   10%, convertible subordinated capital notes, dated
    1990, due in 2002. The notes were converted into
    Southern National's common stock during 1995......           --       4,995
   Other mortgage indebtedness........................           751        306
                                                        ------------ ----------
                                                        $  1,383,935 $  910,755
                                                        ============ ==========
</TABLE>
 
  Excluding the capitalized leases set forth in Note F, future debt maturities
total $1.4 billion and are $487.1 million, $675.4 million, $64.6 million,
$15.5 million, and $112.0 million for the next five years. The maturities for
2001 and later years are $25.3 million.
 
                                     II-59
<PAGE>
 
NOTE J. SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
 
  The authorized capital stock of Southern National consists of 300,000,000
shares of common stock, $5 par value, and 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock,
$5 par value. At December 31, 1995, 103,357,440 shares of common stock and
733,869 shares of preferred stock were issued and outstanding. On January 11,
1996, Southern National announced a plan to repurchase up to 4.3 million
shares of common stock. On February 28, 1996, Southern National announced that
these shares would be used in the anticipated conversion of the preferred
stock which will be redeemed on March 29, 1996, at the price of $104.05 per
share. Each share of preferred stock is convertible into 5.9068 shares of
common stock.
 
 Stock Option Plans
 
  In April 1994 and May 1995, the shareholders approved Omnibus Stock
Incentive Plans ("Omnibus Plans") which cover the award of incentive stock
options, non-qualified stock options, shares of restricted stock, performance
shares and stock appreciation rights. The Omnibus Plans are intended to allow
Southern National to recruit and retain employees with ability and initiative.
The maximum number of shares that can be issued under the terms of the plans
is 6,000,000. At December 31, 1995, 2,117,419 incentive stock options at
prices ranging from $5.8828 to $26.375 and 2,237,197 non-qualified stock
options at prices ranging from $.01 to $23.7069 were outstanding. The stock
options vest over three years and have a ten year term.
 
  The incentive stock option plan ("ISOP") and the non-qualified stock option
plan ("NQSOP") were established to retain key officers and key management
employees and to offer them the incentive to use their best efforts on behalf
of Southern National. The plans, which expire on December 19, 2000, further
provide for up to 1,101,000 shares of common stock to be reserved for the
granting of options, which have a four year vesting schedule and must be
exercised within ten years from the date granted. Incentive stock options
granted must have an exercise price equal to at least 100% of the fair market
value of common stock on the date granted, and the non-qualified stock options
must have an exercise price equal to at least 85% of the fair market value on
the date granted. At December 31, 1995, options to purchase 416,243 shares of
common stock at prices ranging from $9.50 to $16.75 were outstanding pursuant
to the NQSOP. At December 31, 1995, options to purchase 177,524 shares of
common stock at an exercise price of $19.7770 were outstanding pursuant to the
ISOP.
 
  The Non-Employee Directors' Stock Option Plan ("Directors' Plan") is
intended to provide incentives to non-employee directors to remain on the
Board of Directors and share in the profitability of Southern National and
creates a deferred compensation system for participating non-employee
directors. Each non-employee director may elect to defer 0%, 50% or 100% of
the annual retainer fee for each calendar year and apply that percentage
toward the grant of options to purchase Southern National common stock. Such
elections are required to be in writing and are irrevocable for each calendar
year. The exercise price at which shares of Southern National common stock may
be purchased shall be equal to 75% of the market value of the common stock as
of the date of grant. Options are vested in six months and may be exercised
anytime thereafter until the expiration date, which is 10 years from the date
of grant. The Directors' Plan provides for the reservation of up to 400,000
shares of Southern National common stock. At December 31, 1995, options to
purchase 227,339 shares of common stock at prices ranging from $12.7155 to
$17.0400 were outstanding pursuant to the Directors' Plan.
 
  Southern National also has options outstanding from companies acquired in
prior years. These options, which are not included in the plans described
above, totaled 367,446 as of December 31, 1995, with option prices ranging
from $2.6667 to $23.7069.
 
                                     II-60
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         SHARE ACTIVITY
                                                  -----------------------------
                                                    1995      1994      1993
                                                  --------- --------- ---------
   <S>                                            <C>       <C>       <C>
   OPTION ACTIVITY
   Outstanding January 1......................... 4,989,579 4,532,967 4,522,122
   Granted ($.01 to $26.38)...................... 1,265,406 1,109,234 1,061,106
   Options of acquired companies.................       --        --     76,776
   Exercised ($.01 to $23.71)....................   556,972   598,777 1,105,517
   Expired or forfeited ($2.67 to $22.93)........   154,845    53,845    21,520
                                                  --------- --------- ---------
   Outstanding December 31 ($.01 to $26.38)...... 5,543,168 4,989,579 4,532,967
                                                  ========= ========= =========
   Options exercisable at December 31, 1995
    ($.01 to $23.71 per share)................... 3,974,332
                                                  =========
</TABLE>
 
NOTE K. INCOME TAXES
 
  The total provision for income taxes was allocated as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      1995     1994    1993
                                                     ------- -------- -------
                                                      (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
   <S>                                               <C>     <C>      <C>
   Income from operations........................... $86,063 $124,759 $77,188
   Cumulative effect of changes in accounting
    principles......................................     --       --   (2,897)
                                                     ------- -------- -------
     Total provision for income taxes............... $86,063 $124,759 $74,291
                                                     ======= ======== =======
</TABLE>
 
  The provision for income taxes attributable to operations was composed of the
following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     1995      1994      1993
                                                   --------  --------  --------
                                                     (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
   <S>                                             <C>       <C>       <C>
   Currently payable:
     Federal...................................... $ 97,420  $133,522  $ 88,449
     State........................................    2,842     9,581     6,970
                                                   --------  --------  --------
                                                    100,262   143,103    95,419
   Deferred (benefit) expense.....................  (14,199)  (18,344)  (18,231)
                                                   --------  --------  --------
   Provision for income taxes..................... $ 86,063  $124,759  $ 77,188
                                                   ========  ========  ========
</TABLE>
 
  The reasons for the difference between the provision for income taxes
attributable to operations and the amount computed by applying the statutory
federal income tax rate to income before income taxes were as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      1995      1994     1993
                                                     -------  --------  -------
                                                      (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
   <S>                                               <C>      <C>       <C>
   Federal income taxes at statutory rates of 35%..  $92,469  $126,571  $69,048
   Tax-exempt income from securities, loans and
    leases less related non-deductible interest
    expense........................................   (6,503)   (6,597)  (7,050)
   State income taxes, net of federal tax benefit..    1,561     3,539    2,584
   Changes in tax accounting method for bad debts
    of savings institutions converting to a
    commercial bank................................    2,594       --     9,389
   Other, net......................................   (4,058)    1,246    3,217
                                                     -------  --------  -------
   Provision for income taxes......................  $86,063  $124,759  $77,188
                                                     =======  ========  =======
   Effective income tax rate.......................     32.6%     34.5%    39.1%
                                                     =======  ========  =======
</TABLE>
 
                                     II-61
<PAGE>
 
  The tax effects of temporary differences that gave rise to significant
portions of the net deferred tax assets (liabilities) in the "Consolidated
Balance Sheets" at December 31 were:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          DECEMBER 31,
                                                     ------------------------
                                                        1995         1994
                                                     -----------  -----------
                                                     (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
   <S>                                               <C>          <C>
   Deferred tax assets:
     Allowance for losses........................... $    64,889  $    66,103
     Deferred compensation..........................      17,726        5,318
     Postretirement benefits other than pensions....      10,651       15,441
     Unrealized losses on securities available for
      sale..........................................         --        47,180
     Tax deferred loss on sale of loans.............         --         8,552
     Difference in basis of assets (other than de-
      preciation)...................................       2,336        6,366
     Other..........................................      14,274       15,699
                                                     -----------  -----------
   Total tax deferred assets........................     109,876      164,659
                                                     -----------  -----------
   Deferred tax liabilities:
     Tax accounting method changes..................     (10,493)      (8,113)
     Depreciation...................................     (15,390)     (12,002)
     Unrealized gains on securities available for
      sale..........................................     (20,014)         --
     Lease financing................................     (13,558)     (12,270)
     Dividends on FHLB stock........................      (3,567)      (4,681)
     Other..........................................      (9,205)     (10,187)
                                                     -----------  -----------
   Total tax deferred liabilities...................     (72,227)     (47,253)
                                                     -----------  -----------
   Net deferred tax asset........................... $    37,649     $117,406
                                                     ===========  ===========
</TABLE>
 
  The deferred tax assets have been determined to be realizable, and,
accordingly, a valuation allowance was not required. At December 31, 1995,
there were no operating losses, income tax credits or alternative minimum tax
credit carryforwards.
 
  Income tax benefits related to securities losses for 1995 were $7.1 million.
Income taxes on securities gains for 1994 and 1993 were $1.2 million and $6.4
million, respectively.
 
NOTE L. BENEFIT PLANS
 
  The following table discloses expenses relating to employee benefit plans on
a restated basis.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         1995    1994*   1993*
                                                        ------- ------- -------
                                                        (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
   <S>                                                  <C>     <C>     <C>
   Defined benefit plans............................... $15,632 $10,705 $ 8,379
   Employee stock ownership plans (ESOP)...............   5,167   5,178   3,843
   Defined contribution plans..........................   4,009   4,246   3,350
                                                        ------- ------- -------
     Total expense related to benefit plans............ $24,808 $20,129 $15,572
                                                        ======= ======= =======
</TABLE>
  --------
  * Amounts restated for material acquisitions accounted for as poolings-of-
  interests.
 
 Retirement Plans
 
  Southern National had a noncontributory defined benefit pension plan
covering substantially all employees. The benefits were based on years of
service and the employee's compensation during the five consecutive years of
employment that produced the highest average pay. Southern National's
contributions to the plan were in amounts between the minimum required for
funding standard account purposes and the maximum deductible for Internal
Revenue Service purposes. Contributions to the plan of $516,000, $5,173,000
and $3,089,000 were made in 1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively.
 
                                     II-62
<PAGE>
 
  Supplemental retirement benefits are provided to certain key officers under
Southern National's Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan, which was
effective January 1, 1989. This plan is not qualified under the Internal
Revenue Code. Although technically an unfunded plan, insurance policies on the
lives of the covered employees are intended to be adequate to fund future
benefits.
 
  BB&T sponsored a noncontributory defined benefit pension plan covering
substantially all employees. The benefits are based on years of service, age
at retirement and the employee's compensation during the last five years of
employment. Contributions to the plan are based upon the Frozen Initial
Liability actuarial funding method and comply with the funding requirements of
the Employee Retirement Income Security Act.
 
  Supplemental retirement benefits are provided to certain key officers under
BB&T's Supplemental Executive Retirement Plans. These plans are not qualified
under the Internal Revenue Code.
 
  Net periodic pension cost, which is included in employee benefits expense,
consisted of the following components in 1995, 1994 and 1993.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      1995      1994     1993
                                                     -------  --------  -------
                                                      (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
   <S>                                               <C>      <C>       <C>
   Service cost..................................... $ 9,658  $  9,431  $ 6,732
   Interest cost....................................  10,864     9,504    7,988
   Actual return on assets.......................... (25,226)      711   (7,947)
   Early retirement.................................   3,372       --       --
   Net amortization and deferral....................  16,414   (10,699)  (1,050)
                                                     -------  --------  -------
     Net periodic pension cost ..................... $15,082  $  8,947  $ 5,723
                                                     =======  ========  =======
</TABLE>
 
  The following table sets forth the plans' funded status at December 31, 1995
and 1994.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                PLANS FOR WHICH         PLANS FOR WHICH
                                 ASSETS EXCEED       ACCUMULATED BENEFITS
                             ACCUMULATED BENEFITS        EXCEED ASSETS
                             ----------------------  ----------------------
                                1995        1994        1995        1994
                             ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
                                       (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
   <S>                       <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         
   Accumulated benefit ob-
    ligation:
     Vested benefits.......   $(104,000) $  (87,986) $      --   $      --
     Nonvested benefits....      (3,566)     (3,061)        --          --
                             ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
                              $(107,566) $  (91,047) $      --   $      --
                             ==========  ==========  ==========  ==========
   Projected benefit
    obligation at
    December 31............   $(140,394) $ (127,382)    $(9,929) $   (4,193)
   Plan assets at fair     
    value..................     129,574     115,829         --          --
                             ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
   Plan assets in excess of
    (less than) projected
    benefit obligation.....     (10,820)    (11,553)     (9,929)     (4,193)
   Unrecognized transition
    amount.................      (6,162)     (6,980)        364         408
   Unrecognized prior serv-
    ice cost...............      (7,503)      1,114       3,313         707
   Unrecognized net loss...      16,717      23,161       3,214         649
   Minimum liability 
    adjustment.............         --          --       (2,597)        --
                             ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
   (Accrued) prepaid pen-
    sion cost included in
    (other liabilities)
    other assets ..........  $   (7,768) $    5,742     $(5,635) $   (2,429)
                             ==========  ==========  ==========  ========== 
</TABLE>
 
  Actuarial assumptions used in calculating these amounts were:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       1995   1994     1993
                                                       ----  -------  -------
   <S>                                                 <C>   <C>      <C>
   Rate of increase in future compensation............ 5.5%  4.8-6.0% 5.5-6.0%
   Weighted average discount rate..................... 7.5     7.8    7.0-8.0
   Weighted average expected long-term rate of return
    on assets......................................... 8.0   8.0-9.0    9.0
</TABLE>
 
  Plan assets consist primarily of obligations of the U.S. Treasury and
Federal agencies and corporations for Southern National and listed stocks and
U.S. government securities for BB&T. Plan assets of the combined plans
 
                                     II-63
<PAGE>
 
included 7,859,765 and 5,492,021 shares of Southern National common stock at
December 31, 1995 and 1994, respectively.
 
  Effective January 1, 1996, Southern National's and BB&T's qualified pension
plans were merged into a single noncontributory defined benefit pension plan.
This plan covers substantially all employees of the merged institution. Like
the predecessor plans, benefits are based on years of service, age at
retirement and the employee's compensation during the five highest consecutive
years of earnings within the last ten years of employment.
 
 Postretirement Benefits
 
  Effective December 31, 1992, Southern National adopted a revised retiree
medical program ("Plan") in preparation for the implementation of SFAS No.
106, "Accounting for Postretirement Benefits Other Than Pensions." The Plan
covers employees retiring after January 1, 1993 who are eligible for
participation in the Southern National pension plan and have at least ten
years of service. The Plan requires retiree contributions, with a subsidy by
Southern National based upon years of service of the employee at the time of
retirement. The subsidy is adjusted each year for movement of the Consumer
Price Index. There is no employer subsidy for dependent benefits. Employees
who retired prior to January 1, 1993 are grandfathered and may choose from
three comprehensive medical options with varying deductibles. Effective
January 1, 1993, BB&T revised its retiree health care plan to provide a
flexible benefit amount which retirees can use to purchase health care and
life insurance benefits.
 
  Southern National adopted SFAS No. 106 as of January 1, 1993. As a result of
adopting SFAS No. 106, Southern National recognized a cumulative charge for
this change in accounting principle of $12,612,000 (net of $7,595,000 of
deferred income tax benefits). The charge is included under the caption
"Cumulative effect of changes in accounting principles, net of income taxes"
in the "Consolidated Statements of Income." The effect of this change, net of
income taxes and excluding the cumulative charge, for the year ended December
31, 1993 was to decrease net income by $1,304,000.
 
  The following table sets forth the components of the retiree benefit plan
and the amount recognized in the consolidated financial statements at December
31, 1995, 1994 and 1993.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   1995      1994      1993
                                                 --------  --------  --------
                                                   (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
   <S>                                           <C>       <C>       <C>
   Net periodic postretirement benefit cost:
     Service cost............................... $    972  $    990  $    491
     Interest cost..............................    2,248     1,841     1,454
     Amortization of net loss and other.........      156       104       --
                                                 --------  --------  --------
       Total expense............................ $  3,376  $  2,935  $  1,945
                                                 ========  ========  ========
   Reconciliation of funded status:
     Accumulated postretirement benefit obliga-
      tion...................................... $(30,735) $(27,590) $(23,682)
     Unrecognized net loss......................    3,348     1,356     3,797
                                                 --------  --------  --------
       Accrued postretirement benefit costs
        included in other liabilities........... $(27,387) $(26,234) $(19,885)
                                                 ========  ========  ========
</TABLE>
 
  Actuarial assumptions used in calculating these amounts were:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                1995      1994       1993
                                              --------  ---------  ---------
   <S>                                        <C>       <C>        <C>
   Annual rate of increase in the per capita
    cost of health care claims:
     Current year............................ 8.0-11.0% 10.0-12.0% 13.0-15.7%
     Final constant amount................... 4.75-5.0     5.0      5.0-6.5
     Annual decrease......................... 0.8-1.0      1.0      1.0-2.3
   General inflation rate....................   4.0        4.0      4.0-5.5
   Weighted average discount rate............   7.5        7.8      7.0-8.5
   Impact of 1% increase in assumed health
    care cost on:............................
     Net periodic benefit cost............... 2.0-3.0    0.0-1.0      N/A
     Expected postretirement benefit obliga-
      tion................................... 3.0-4.0    1.1-3.0      N/A
</TABLE>
- --------
N/A--not available.
 
  Effective January 1, 1996, these plans were merged into a single plan.
 
                                     II-64
<PAGE>
 
 Employee Stock Ownership Plan
 
  Southern National's Employee Stock Ownership Plan allows all employees to
acquire common stock in Southern National by contributing up to 15% of their
salaries to the plan. Southern National matches 100% of each employee's
contributions, up to a maximum of 6% of the employee's salary.
 
 Savings and Thrift Plan
 
  The Savings and Thrift Plan permits eligible employees to make contributions
up to 16% of base compensation, with Southern National's matching
contributions up to 4% of the employee's base compensation.
 
  Effective January 1, 1996, Southern National's Employee Stock Ownership Plan
was merged into the former BB&T Savings and Thrift Plan to form the Southern
National Corporation 401-k Savings Plan. The new plan permits employees to
contribute up to 16% of their compensation. Southern National matches up to 6%
of the employee's compensation with a 100% matching contribution.
 
 Settlement Agreements
 
  In connection with the merger of Southern National and BB&T, two executive
officers of Southern National agreed to retire during 1995. Southern National
entered into settlement agreements with both executive officers to settle
existing employment contracts. One of the settlement agreements provides for
annual payments of $1,655,000 less the company-provided portion of certain
benefits payable under existing benefit plans. The payments continue for the
life of the officer and his current wife but in no event for a period of less
than fifteen years. The executive officer has agreed not to compete in a
defined geographic area for fifteen years and to serve as a consultant to the
merged company for five years. The settlement agreement with the other
executive officer provides for annual payments of $312,000 for ten years or
until death. The present value of future payments to be made pursuant to these
agreements was recorded in 1995.
 
 Other
 
  There are various other employment contracts, deferred compensation
arrangements and covenants not to compete with selected members of management
and certain retirees.
 
NOTE M. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
 
  Southern National is a party to financial instruments with off balance sheet
risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its
customers and to reduce its exposure to fluctuations in interest rates. These
financial instruments include commitments to extend credit, options written,
standby letters of credit and financial guarantees, interest rate caps and
floors written, interest rate swaps and forward and futures contracts.
 
  Southern National's exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance
by the other party to the financial instrument for commitments to extend
credit and standby letters of credit and financial guarantees written is
represented by the contractual notional amount of those instruments. Southern
National uses the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional
obligations as it does for on balance sheet instruments.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             CONTRACT OR
                                                         NOTIONAL AMOUNT AT
                                                            DECEMBER 31,
                                                       -----------------------
                                                          1995        1994
                                                       ----------- -----------
                                                       (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
   <S>                                                 <C>         <C>
   Financial instruments whose contract amounts
    represent credit risk:
     Commitments to extend, originate or purchase
      credit.......................................... $ 4,372,503 $ 3,733,152
     Standby letters of credit and financial
      guarantees written..............................     138,911     143,660
     Commercial letters of credit.....................      27,742      17,089
     Securities lent..................................         --       51,137
   Financial instruments whose notional or contract
    amounts exceed the amount of credit risk:
     Commitments to sell loans and securities.........     261,000      40,392
     Foreign exchange contracts.......................     109,747      69,751
</TABLE>
 
 
                                     II-65
<PAGE>
 
  Commitments to extend credit are arrangements to lend to a customer as long
as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract.
Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses
and may require payment of a fee. Since many of the commitments are expected
to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not
necessarily represent future cash requirements. Southern National evaluates
each customer's creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount and type
of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary by Southern National upon
extension of credit, is based on management's evaluation of the
creditworthiness of the counterparty.
 
  Standby letters of credit and financial guarantees written are conditional
commitments issued by Southern National to guarantee the performance of a
customer to a third party. Those guarantees are primarily issued to support
public and private borrowing arrangements, including commercial paper, bond
financing and similar transactions. The credit risk involved in issuing
letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loan
facilities to customers, and letters of credit are collateralized when
necessary.
 
  Forward commitments to sell mortgage loans and mortgage-backed securities
are contracts for delayed delivery of securities in which Southern National
agrees to make delivery at a specified future date of a specified instrument,
at a specified price or yield. Risks arise from the possible inability of
counterparties to meet the terms of their contracts and from movements in
securities' values and interest rates.
 
 Regulatory Proceedings
 
  Legislation was proposed during the third quarter of 1995 that would result
in the payment of a one-time assessment by financial institutions with
deposits insured by the Savings Association Insurance Fund (SAIF). Because of
numerous acquisitions of thrift institutions, approximately 40% of Southern
National's deposits are SAIF-insured. The one-time assessment rate, to be
determined by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, is expected to be
$.80 per $100 of deposits. Commercial banks with SAIF-insured deposits
acquired from thrifts will likely be allowed a reduction of 20% of the
assessment base. This adjustment would be available only to banks with less
than 50% of their total deposits in the SAIF. The pretax impact of this one-
time assessment on Southern National is not expected to exceed $41.0 million.
Southern National will record this expense when the legislation is enacted.
 
 Legal Proceedings
 
  The nature of the business of Southern National's banking subsidiaries
ordinarily results in a certain amount of litigation. The subsidiaries of
Southern National are involved in various legal proceedings, all of which are
considered incidental to the normal conduct of business. Management believes
that the liabilities arising from these proceedings will not have a materially
adverse effect on the consolidated financial position or consolidated results
of operations of Southern National.
 
NOTE N. REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS AND OTHER RESTRICTIONS
 
  The Banks are required by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve
System to maintain reserve balances based on certain percentages of deposit
types. At December 31, 1995, these reserves amounted to $34.3 million.
 
  Subject to restrictions imposed by state laws and federal regulations, the
Boards of Directors of the subsidiary banks could have declared dividends from
their retained earnings up to $670.8 million at December 31, 1995. The
subsidiary banks are prohibited from paying dividends from their capital stock
and paid-in capital accounts and are required by regulatory authorities to
maintain minimum capital levels. Southern National was in compliance with
these requirements at December 31, 1995.
 
                                     II-66
<PAGE>
 
NOTE O. PARENT COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
                            CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS
 
                           DECEMBER 31, 1995 AND 1994
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             1995       1994
                                                          ---------- ----------
<S>                                                       <C>        <C>
ASSETS
 Cash and due from banks................................. $    5,318 $  164,013
 Interest-bearing bank balances..........................    396,331     62,146
 Investment securities...................................     17,870     78,010
 Investment in bank subsidiaries, at underlying book
  value..................................................  1,641,833  1,450,626
 Investment in other subsidiaries, at underlying book
  value..................................................      4,128      4,373
 Premises................................................      5,879      6,158
 Other assets............................................     44,030      8,025
                                                          ---------- ----------
   Total assets.......................................... $2,115,389 $1,773,351
                                                          ========== ==========
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
 Short-term borrowed funds............................... $  396,273 $  254,269
 Dividends payable.......................................     24,389     10,201
 Accounts payable and accrued liabilities................     19,414      3,821
 Capital notes and mortgages.............................      1,250      8,583
                                                          ---------- ----------
   Total liabilities.....................................    441,326    276,874
                                                          ---------- ----------
   Total shareholders' equity............................  1,674,063  1,496,477
                                                          ---------- ----------
   Total liabilities and shareholders' equity............ $2,115,389 $1,773,351
                                                          ========== ==========
</TABLE>
 
                          CONDENSED INCOME STATEMENTS
 
              FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995, 1994 AND 1993
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     1995      1994     1993
                                                   --------  -------- --------
<S>                                                <C>       <C>      <C>
INCOME
 Dividends from subsidiaries.....................  $226,386  $138,201 $101,216
 Interest and other income from subsidiaries.....    17,269    13,291   10,864
 Interest on investment securities...............       900     1,560    2,295
 Other income....................................     6,143     3,595    2,230
                                                   --------  -------- --------
   Total income..................................   250,698   156,647  116,605
                                                   --------  -------- --------
EXPENSES
 Interest expense................................    17,859    12,393    9,315
 Occupancy expense...............................       171       172      450
 Other expenses..................................    23,126     6,927    6,078
                                                   --------  -------- --------
   Total expenses................................    41,156    19,492   15,843
                                                   --------  -------- --------
Income before income tax benefit and equity in
 undistributed earnings of subsidiaries..........   209,542   137,155  100,762
Income tax benefit...............................     6,140       433       22
                                                   --------  -------- --------
Income before equity in undistributed earnings of
 subsidiaries....................................   215,682   137,588  100,784
Net income of subsidiaries (less than) in excess
 of dividends from subsidiaries..................   (37,549)   99,284  (14,956)
                                                   --------  -------- --------
NET INCOME.......................................  $178,133  $236,872 $ 85,828
                                                   ========  ======== ========
</TABLE>
 
                                     II-67
<PAGE>
 
                      CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
             FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995, 1994 AND 1993
                            (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  1995       1994      1993
                                                ---------  --------  ---------
<S>                                             <C>        <C>       <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
 Net income...................................  $ 178,133  $236,872  $  85,828
 Adjustments to reconcile net income to net
  cash provided by operating activities:
  Net income of subsidiaries less than (in
   excess of) dividends from subsidiaries.....     37,549   (99,284)    14,956
  Depreciation of premises and equipment......        171       172      1,041
  Amortization of unearned compensation.......      3,128     1,711        730
  Discount accretion and premium amortization
   on securities..............................       (298)       83        126
  Loss on sales of securities.................        340       --         --
  Loss on disposal of premises and equipment..         29       --         --
  Reconciliation of fiscal year of merged
   companies to calendar year.................        --        --         (51)
  Increase in receivables from subsidiaries...        --    (23,914)    (7,384)
  (Increase) decrease in other assets.........   (153,759)   63,592    (62,423)
  Increase (decrease) in accounts payable and
   accrued liabilities........................     16,773      (955)      (707)
                                                ---------  --------  ---------
    Net cash provided by operating activities.     82,066   178,277     32,116
                                                ---------  --------  ---------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
 Proceeds from sales of securities available
  for sale....................................         87    10,128        --
 Proceeds from maturities of securities
  available for sale..........................     63,500    65,002        180
 Purchases of securities available for sale...     (6,067)  (63,177)       --
 Proceeds from sales of securities held to
  maturity....................................        520       --         --
 Proceeds from maturities of securities held
  to maturity.................................        --        --       5,000
 Purchases of securities held to maturity.....        --        --     (66,915)
 Repayment of note from bank subsidiary.......        --     30,000        --
 Sale of savings bank subsidiary to bank
  subsidiary..................................        --     58,883        --
 Proceeds from sales of premises and
  equipment...................................         79       --         --
 Investment in subsidiaries...................        --    (67,492)      (116)
 Cash payment for stock acquired through
  purchase conversions........................        --        --     (28,818)
 Cash payment for purchased companies.........        --        --     (58,250)
 Other........................................        --    (32,328)    (3,379)
                                                ---------  --------  ---------
    Net cash provided by (used in) investing
     activities...............................     58,119     1,016   (152,298)
                                                ---------  --------  ---------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
 Decrease in long-term debt...................     (7,333)  (53,333)    (3,334)
 Net increase in short-term borrowings........    142,004    95,614     48,050
 Advances from bank subsidiary................        --        --      58,250
 Repayment of advance from bank subsidiary....        --    (58,250)       --
 Net proceeds from common stock issued........     43,781    23,630    113,160
 Common stock acquired and retired............    (49,682)  (23,562)   (30,275)
 Cash dividends paid on common and preferred
  stock.......................................    (93,465)  (76,805)   (61,056)
 Other........................................        --      1,656      1,551
                                                ---------  --------  ---------
    Net cash provided by (used in) financing
     activities...............................     35,305   (91,050)   126,346
                                                ---------  --------  ---------
NET INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS.....    175,490    88,243      6,164
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT BEGINNING OF
 YEAR.........................................    226,159   137,916    131,752
                                                ---------  --------  ---------
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT END OF YEAR......  $ 401,649  $226,159  $ 137,916
                                                =========  ========  =========
</TABLE>
 
NOTE P. DISCLOSURES ABOUT FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
 
  SFAS No. 107, "Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments,"
requires Southern National to disclose the estimated fair value of its on- and
off-balance sheet financial instruments. A financial instrument is defined by
SFAS No. 107 as cash, evidence of an ownership interest in an entity or a
contract that creates a contractual obligation or right to deliver to or
receive cash or another financial instrument from a second entity on
potentially favorable or unfavorable terms.
 
 
                                     II-68
<PAGE>
 
  Fair value estimates are made at a point in time, based on relevant market
data and information about the financial instrument. SFAS No. 107 specifies
that fair values should be calculated based on the value of one trading unit
without regard to any premium or discount that may result from concentrations
of ownership of a financial instrument, possible tax ramifications, estimated
transaction costs that may result from bulk sales or the relationship between
various financial instruments. Because no readily available market exists for
a significant portion of Southern National's financial instruments, fair value
estimates for these instruments are based on judgments regarding current
economic conditions, currency and interest rate risk characteristics, loss
experience and other factors. Many of these estimates involve uncertainties
and matters of significant judgment and cannot be determined with precision.
Therefore, the calculated fair value estimates cannot always be substantiated
by comparison to independent markets and, in many cases, may not be realizable
in a current sale of the instrument. Changes in assumptions could
significantly affect the estimates.
 
  The following methods and assumptions were used by Southern National in
estimating the fair value of its financial instruments at December 31, 1995
and 1994.
 
  Cash and cash equivalents: For these short-term instruments, the carrying
amounts are a reasonable estimate of fair values.
 
  Securities: Fair values for securities are based on quoted market prices, if
available. If quoted market prices are not available, fair values are based on
quoted market prices for similar securities.
 
  Loans receivable: The fair values for certain mortgage loans and credit card
loans are based on quoted prices of similar loans, adjusted for differences in
loan characteristics. The fair values for other loans are estimated using
discounted cash flow analyses, using interest rates currently being offered
for loans with similar terms and credit quality. The carrying amounts of
accrued interest approximate fair values.
 
  Deposit liabilities: The fair values for demand deposits, interest-checking
accounts, savings accounts and certain money market accounts are, by
definition, equal to the amount payable on demand at the reporting date, i.e.,
their carrying amounts. Fair values for certificates of deposit are estimated
using a discounted cash flow calculation that applies current interest rates
to aggregate expected maturities.
 
  Short-term borrowed funds: The carrying amounts of Federal funds purchased,
borrowings under repurchase agreements, master notes and other short-term
borrowings approximate their fair values.
 
  Long-term debt: The fair values of long-term debt are estimated based on
quoted market prices for similar instruments or by using discounted cash flow
analyses, based on Southern National's current incremental borrowing rates for
similar types of instruments.
 
  Interest rate swap agreements: The fair values of interest rate swaps (used
for hedging purposes) are the estimated amounts that the Corporation would
receive or pay to terminate the swap agreements at the reporting date, taking
into account current interest rates and the current creditworthiness of the
swap counterparties.
 
  Commitments to extend credit, standby letters of credit and financial
guarantees written: The fair values of commitments are estimated using the
fees charged to enter into similar agreements, taking into account the
remaining terms of the agreements and the present creditworthiness of the
counterparties. For fixed-rate loan commitments, fair values also consider the
difference between current levels of interest rates and the committed rates.
The fair values of guarantees and letters of credit are estimated based on
fees currently charged for similar agreements.
 
  Other off-balance sheet instruments: The fair values for off-balance sheet
instruments (futures, forwards, options, and commitments to sell or purchase
financial instruments) are estimated based on quoted prices, if available. For
instruments for which there are no quoted prices, fair values are estimated
using current settlement values or pricing models.
 
 
                                     II-69
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                     1995                      1994
                            ------------------------  ------------------------
                             CARRYING       FAIR       CARRYING       FAIR
                              AMOUNT        VALUE       AMOUNT        VALUE
                            -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                        (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                         <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
Financial assets:
  Cash and cash
   equivalents............. $   702,761  $   702,761  $   671,777  $   671,777
  Securities available for
   sale....................   5,201,344    5,201,344    3,459,698    3,459,698
  Securities held to
   maturity................     153,969      159,886    1,965,419    1,889,911
  Loans and leases
    Loans..................  13,496,944   13,591,792   12,850,548   12,589,297
    Leases.................     315,541          N/A      257,554          N/A
    Allowance for losses...    (172,158)         N/A     (171,734)         N/A
                            -----------               -----------
      Net loans and
       leases.............. $13,640,327               $12,936,368
                            ===========               ===========
Financial liabilities:
  Deposits................. $14,684,056   14,717,187  $14,314,154   14,320,080
  Short-term borrowed
   funds...................   2,491,285    2,491,285    2,902,528    2,902,528
  Long-term debt...........   1,379,810    1,385,634      904,603      904,780
  Capitalized leases.......       4,125          N/A        6,152          N/A
 
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
<CAPTION>
                             NOTIONAL/    NOTIONAL/
                             CONTRACT       FAIR       CONTRACT       FAIR
                              AMOUNT        VALUE       AMOUNT        VALUE
                            -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
<S>                         <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
Unrecognized financial
 instruments:
  Interest rate swaps, caps
   and floors.............. $   743,413  $    (6,067) $ 2,411,325  $   (92,838)
  Commitments to extend,
   originate or purchase
   credit..................   4,372,503       (7,654)   3,733,152      (12,993)
  Standby and commercial
   letters of credit and
   financial guarantees
   written.................     166,653       (2,500)     160,749       (2,121)
  Commitments to sell loans
   and securities..........     261,000       (3,232)      40,392           29
  Option contracts
   purchased...............       8,000          --         3,000            8
  Option contracts
   written.................       8,000         (160)         --           --
</TABLE>
- --------
N/A--not applicable.
 
NOTE Q. DERIVATIVES AND OFF-BALANCE SHEET FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
 
  Interest rate volatility often increases to the point that balance sheet
repositioning through the use of account repricing and other on-balance sheet
strategies cannot occur rapidly enough to avoid adverse net income effects. At
those times, off-balance sheet or synthetic hedges are utilized. During 1995,
management used interest rate swaps, caps and floors to supplement balance
sheet repositioning. Such actions were designed to lower the interest
sensitivity of Southern National toward a neutral position.
 
  Interest rate swaps are contractual agreements between two parties to
exchange a series of cash flows representing interest payments. A swap allows
both parties to transform the repricing characteristics of an asset or
liability from a fixed to a floating rate, a floating rate to a fixed rate, or
one floating rate to another floating rate. The underlying principal positions
are not affected. Swap terms generally range from one year to ten years
depending on the need. At December 31, 1995, derivatives with a total notional
value of $743.4 million, with terms ranging up to seven years, were
outstanding.
 
                                     II-70
<PAGE>
 
  The following tables set forth certain information concerning Southern
National's interest rate swaps at December 31, 1995:
 
                     INTEREST RATE SWAPS, CAPS AND FLOORS
 
                               DECEMBER 31, 1995
                            (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                               NOTIONAL      RECEIVE      PAY         FAIR
  TYPE                          AMOUNT        RATE        RATE        VALUE
  ----                        -----------  ----------- ----------  -----------
<S>                           <C>          <C>         <C>         <C>
Receive fixed swaps.........  $  140,000        7.16%        5.95% $     1,005
Pay fixed swaps.............     353,413        5.85         5.84       (3,384)
Basis swaps.................     250,000        5.81         5.76       (3,688)
                              ----------    --------   ----------  -----------
Total.......................  $  743,413        6.08%        5.83% $    (6,067)
                              ==========    ========   ==========  ===========
<CAPTION>
                                RECEIVE     PAY FIXED    BASIS
  YEAR-TO-DATE ACTIVITY       FIXED SWAPS     SWAPS      SWAPS        TOTAL
  ---------------------       -----------  ----------- ----------  -----------
<S>                           <C>          <C>         <C>         <C>
Balance, December 31, 1994..  $1,200,000    $111,325   $1,100,000  $ 2,411,325
Additions...................      50,000     254,700          --       304,700
Maturities/amortizations....    (710,000)    (11,175)         --      (721,175)
Terminations................    (400,000)     (1,437)    (850,000)  (1,251,437)
                              ----------    --------   ----------  -----------
Balance, December 31, 1995..  $  140,000    $353,413   $  250,000  $   743,413
                              ==========    ========   ==========  ===========
<CAPTION>
                               ONE YEAR    ONE TO FIVE FIVE TO 10
  MATURITY SCHEDULE             OR LESS       YEARS      YEARS        TOTAL
  -----------------           -----------  ----------- ----------  -----------
<S>                           <C>          <C>         <C>         <C>
Receive fixed swaps.........  $   40,000    $100,000   $      --   $   140,000
Pay fixed swaps.............      41,525     307,219        4,669      353,413
Basis swaps.................         --      250,000          --       250,000
                              ----------    --------   ----------  -----------
Total.......................  $   81,525    $657,219   $    4,669  $   743,413
                              ==========    ========   ==========  ===========
</TABLE>
 
  As of December 31, 1995, unearned income from new swap transactions and
unamortized expenses from terminated swap transactions were $972,000 and $2.6
million, respectively. The unamortized deferred premiums and the realized
deferred losses will be recognized in the next year. For the year ended
December 31, 1995, the combination of active and terminated transactions
resulted in pretax expenses of $10.3 million.
 
  In addition to interest rate swaps, Southern National utilizes written
covered over-the-counter call options on specific securities in the available-
for-sale portfolio in order to enhance returns. During 1995, options were
written on securities totaling $673.2 million. Option fee income was $2.0
million for 1995. There were no unexercised options outstanding at December
31, 1995.
 
  Southern National also utilizes over-the-counter put and call options in its
mortgage banking activities to hedge the mortgage pipeline. At December 31,
1995, purchased option contracts with a par value of $8.0 million remain
outstanding. Written option contracts with a par value of $8.0 million were
also outstanding.
 
  The $743.4 million of derivatives are primarily used to hedge variable rate
commercial loans, adjustable rate mortgage loans, retail certificates of
deposit and floating rate notes.
 
  Although off-balance sheet derivative financial instruments do not expose
Southern National to credit risk equal to the notional amount, such agreements
generate credit risk to the extent of the fair value gain in an off-balance
sheet derivative financial instrument if the counterparty fails to perform.
Such risk is minimized based on the quality of the counterparties and the
consistent monitoring of these agreements. The counterparties to these
 
                                     II-71
<PAGE>
 
transactions were large commercial banks and investment banks. Annually, the
counterparties are reviewed for creditworthiness by Southern National's credit
policy group. Where appropriate, master netting agreements are arranged or
collateral is obtained in the form of rights to securities.
 
  Other risks associated with interest-sensitive derivatives include the
impact on fixed positions during periods of changing interest rates. Indexed
amortizing swaps' notional amounts and maturities change based on certain
interest rate indices. Generally, as rates fall the notional amounts decline
more rapidly, and as rates increase notional amounts decline more slowly.
Under unusual circumstances, financial derivatives also increase liquidity
risk, which could result from an environment of rising interest rates in which
derivatives produce negative cash flows while being offset by increased cash
flows from variable rate loans. Such risk is considered insignificant due to
the relatively small derivative positions held by Southern National.
 
                                     II-72
<PAGE>
 
                                  SIGNATURES
 
  PURSUANT TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, THE
REGISTRANT HAS DULY CAUSED THIS REPORT TO BE SIGNED ON ITS BEHALF BY THE
UNDERSIGNED HEREUNTO DULY AUTHORIZED, IN THE CITY OF WINSTON-SALEM, STATE OF
NORTH CAROLINA, ON MARCH 18, 1996.
 
                                          Southern National Corporation
                                           (Registrant)
 
                                                 
                                          By:    /s/ John A. Allison, IV
                                             ----------------------------------
                                                    JOHN A. ALLISON, IV
                                              CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD AND CHIEF
                                                     EXECUTIVE OFFICER
 
  PURSUANT TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, THIS
REPORT HAS BEEN SIGNED BY THE FOLLOWING PERSONS ON BEHALF OF THE REGISTRANT
AND IN THE CAPACITIES INDICATED ON MARCH 18, 1996.
 
                                                  /s/ John A. Allison, IV
                                            -----------------------------------
                                                    JOHN A. ALLISON, IV
                                              CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD AND CHIEF
                                                     EXECUTIVE OFFICER
 
                                                     /s/ Scott E. Reed
                                            -----------------------------------
                                                       SCOTT E. REED
                                              SENIOR EXECUTIVE VICE PRESIDENT
                                                AND CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
 
                                                   /s/ Sherry A. Kellett
                                            -----------------------------------
                                                     SHERRY A. KELLETT
                                               EXECUTIVE VICE PRESIDENT AND
                                                        CONTROLLER
 
  A Majority of the Directors of the Registrant are included.
 
                                                   /s/ Paul B. Barringer
                                            -----------------------------------
                                                     PAUL B. BARRINGER
                                                         DIRECTOR
 
                                                /s/ W. R. Cuthbertson, Jr.
                                            -----------------------------------
                                                  W. R. CUTHBERTSON, JR.
                                                         DIRECTOR
 
                                                   /s/ A. J. Dooley, Sr.
                                            -----------------------------------
                                                     A. J. DOOLEY, SR.
                                                         DIRECTOR
 
                                     II-73
<PAGE>
 
                                                  /s/ Joe L. Dudley, Sr.
                                         --------------------------------------
                                                    JOE L. DUDLEY, SR.
                                                         DIRECTOR
 
                                                     /s/ Tom D. Efird
                                         --------------------------------------
                                                       TOM D. EFIRD
                                                         DIRECTOR
 
                                                 /s/ O. William Fenn, Jr.
                                         --------------------------------------
                                                   O. WILLIAM FENN, JR.
                                                         DIRECTOR
 
                                                   /s/ Paul S. Goldsmith
                                         --------------------------------------
                                                     PAUL S. GOLDSMITH
                                                         DIRECTOR
 
                                                 /s/ Lloyd Vincent Hackley
                                         --------------------------------------
                                                   LLOYD VINCENT HACKLEY
                                                         DIRECTOR
 
                                                   /s/ Ernest F. Hardee
                                         --------------------------------------
                                                     ERNEST F. HARDEE 
                                                         DIRECTOR
 
                                                 /s/ Richard Janeway, M.D.
                                         --------------------------------------
                                                   RICHARD JANEWAY, M.D. 
                                                         DIRECTOR
 
                                                /s/ J. Ernest Lathem, M.D.
                                         --------------------------------------
                                                  J. ERNEST LATHEM, M.D. 
                                                         DIRECTOR
 
                                                /s/ Joseph A. McAleer, Jr.
                                         --------------------------------------
                                                  JOSEPH A. MCALEER, JR. 
                                                         DIRECTOR
 
                                                  /s/ Albert O. McCauley
                                         --------------------------------------
                                                    ALBERT O. MCCAULEY 
                                                         DIRECTOR
 
                                     II-74
<PAGE>
 
                                               /s/ James Dickson McLean, Jr.
                                          -------------------------------------
                                                 JAMES DICKSON MCLEAN, JR. 
                                                          DIRECTOR
 
                                                  /s/ Charles E. Nichols
                                          -------------------------------------
                                                    CHARLES E. NICHOLS 
                                                          DIRECTOR
 
                                                   /s/ L. Glenn Orr, Jr.
                                          -------------------------------------
                                                     L. GLENN ORR, JR. 
                                                          DIRECTOR
 
                                                  /s/ A. Winniett Peters
                                          -------------------------------------
                                                   A. WINNIETT PETERS 
                                                         DIRECTOR
 
                                                /s/ Richard L. Player, Jr.
                                          -------------------------------------
                                                  RICHARD L. PLAYER, JR.
                                                         DIRECTOR
 
                                               /s/ C. Edward Pleasants, Jr.
                                          -------------------------------------
                                                 C. EDWARD PLEASANTS, JR.
                                                         DIRECTOR
 
                                                    /s/ Nido R. Qubein
                                          -------------------------------------
                                                      NIDO R. QUBEIN
                                                         DIRECTOR
 
                                                 /s/ A. Tab Williams, Jr.
                                          -------------------------------------
                                                   A. TAB WILLIAMS, JR.
                                                         DIRECTOR
 
 
                                          -------------------------------------
                                                     JAMES H. MAYNARD 
                                                         DIRECTOR
 
 
                                          -------------------------------------
                                                      RONALD E. DEAL
                                                         DIRECTOR
 
 
                                     II-75
<PAGE>
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 

PROXY                                                                     PROXY
                         SOUTHERN NATIONAL CORPORATION

      THIS PROXY IS SOLICITED ON BEHALF OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS FOR THE
           ANNUAL MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS TO BE HELD APRIL 23, 1996
 
  KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned shareholder of Southern
National Corporation (the "Corporation"), a North Carolina corporation, hereby
constitutes and appoints John A. Allison IV and Jerone C. Herring, and each of
them, attorneys and proxies, with full power of substitution, for and on
behalf of the undersigned to act and vote, as indicated below, according to
the number of shares of the Corporation's common stock held of record by the
undersigned on March 4, 1996, and as fully as the undersigned would be
entitled to act and vote if personally present, at the Annual Meeting of
Shareholders to be held at the Embassy Suites Hotel, located at 670 Verdae
Boulevard, Greenville, South Carolina on April 23, 1996, at 11:00 a.m. and at
any adjournment or adjournments thereof.
 
                          (Continued on reverse side)

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -
                             FOLD AND DETACH HERE 

<PAGE>

  THIS PROXY, WHEN PROPERLY EXECUTED, WILL BE VOTED IN         Please mark   
THE MANNER DIRECTED HEREIN BY THE UNDERSIGNED SHAREHOLDER.     your votes as  
IF PROPERLY EXECUTED AND NO DIRECTION IS MADE, THIS PROXY      indicated in   
WILL BE VOTED IN FAVOR OF PROPOSALS 1, 2, 3, AND 4.            this example  [X]
                                           
                                           
                                           
                                           

                                               FOR     AGAINST      ABSTAIN 
1. Proposal to Elect as Directors the          [ ]       [ ]          [ ]    
   8 Nominees Listed Below:            
 
 
(INSTRUCTION: TO WITHHOLD AUTHORITY TO VOTE FOR ANY INDIVIDUAL NOMINEE,
STRIKE A LINE THROUGH THE NOMINEE'S NAME IN THE LIST BELOW.)
 
Joe L. Dudley, Sr.             Richard L. Player, Jr.
Ernest F. Hardee               C. Edward Pleasants, Jr.          
J. Ernest Lathem, M.D.         Nido R. Qubein 
Dickson McLean, Jr.            A. Tab Williams, Jr.

                                               FOR     AGAINST      ABSTAIN 
2. Proposal to Approve Amendments to the                                      
   Corporation's 1995 Omnibus Stock        
   Incentive Plan.                             [ ]       [ ]          [ ]     
                                          
3. Proposal to Approve the Corporation's 
   amended and Restated Short-Term 
   Incentive Plan.                             [ ]       [ ]          [ ]     

4. Proposal to Ratify the Reappointment 
   of Arthur Andersen LLP as the
   Corporation's Auditors for 1996.            [ ]       [ ]          [ ]     

5. In their discretion, the proxies are authorized to act and vote upon any
other business which may properly be brought before the meeting or any
adjournment thereof.

THE UNDERSIGNED HEREBY RATIFIES AND CONFIRMS ALL THAT SAID ATTORNEYS AND 
PROXIES OR ANY OF THEM LAWFULLY DO OR CAUSE TO BE DONE BY VIRTUE HEREOF. EACH OF
SAID ATTORNEYS AND PROXIES WHO SHALL BE PRESENT AND ACTING AS SUCH AT THE 
ANNUAL MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS OR ANY ADJOURNMENT THEREOF SHALL HAVE AND MAY 
EXERCISE ALL THE POWERS HEREBY CONFERRED.
THE UNDERSIGNED HEREBY ACKNOWLEDGES RECEIPT OF THE NOTICE OF ANNUAL MEETING OF
SHAREHOLDERS, DATED MARCH 18, 1996, THE PROXY STATEMENT AND ANNUAL REPORT ON
FORM 10-K FURNISHED THEREWITH.

Dated this      day of         , 1996.
                                                                (SEAL)
- ----------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                (SEAL)
- ----------------------------------------------------------------
NOTE: PLEASE SIGN EXACTLY AS NAME APPEARS ON STOCK CERTIFICATE. WHEN 
SHARES ARE HELD BY JOINT TENANTS, BOTH SHOULD SIGN. EXECUTORS, 
ADMINISTRATORS, TRUSTEES AND OTHER FIDUCIARIES, AND PERSONS SIGNING 
ON BEHALF OF CORPORATIONS OR PARTNERSHIPS, SHOULD SO INDICATE WHEN
SIGNING.

      PLEASE MARK, DATE, SIGN AND RETURN THIS PROXY PROMPTLY. THANK YOU.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
                             FOLD AND DETACH HERE 


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission